Avyakt murli for Monday 31 December 2001

Warning : Sentence alignment between two languages is based on the number of characters. It is therefore not perfectly reliable.

You can correct the sentence alignment yourself on part or all of the murli.

0>>>>131-12-2001 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन31-12-2001 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban31-12-2001 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x31-12-2001 Om peace avyakt x

0> > 31-12-2001 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban

2" इस नये वर्ष में सफलता भव के वरदान द्वारा बाप और स्वयं की प्रत्यक्षता को समीप लाओ "" is nayē varṣh mē̃ saphaltā bhav kē|K vardān dvārā bāp aur svayã kī|key pratyakṣhatā kō samīp lāō "" yah[pn.sg.o.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhav kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur svayã karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] samīp[adj.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] "" this new year in success (x|may you be) (of|K) blessing through father and x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) revelation to close x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] "

1In this New Year, with the blessing of, “May you be successful”, bring the revelation of the Father and the self close.

3आज नव युग का रचता अपने मास्टर नव युग रचता बच्चों से नव वर्ष मनाने के लिए आये हैं . āj nav yug kā rachtā apnē master nav yug rachtā bachchō̃ sē nav varṣh manānē kē liē āyē haĩ . āj nav[adj.] yug[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rachtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|rachnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] master nav[adj.] yug[x] rachtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|rachnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] nav varṣh[x] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . today new age of (creator|x[pres-part.m.sg.d.]) one’s own master new age (creator|x[pres-part.m.sg.d.]) child from New Year celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] for come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

2Today, the Creator of the New Age has come to celebrate the New Year with His children who are the master creators of the New Age.

4नव वर्ष मनाना , यह तो विश्व में सभी मनाते हैं . nav varṣh manānā , yah tō viśhva mē̃ sabhī manātē haĩ . nav varṣh[x] manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . New Year celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] , this then world in all celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

3Everyone in the world celebrates the New Year.

5लेकिन आप सभी नव युग बना रहे हो . lēkin āp sabhī nav yug banā rahē hō . lēkin āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] nav[adj.] yug[x] banānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . but you all new age create[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .

4However, all of you are creating the New Age.

6नव युग की खुशी हर बच्चे के अन्दर है . nav yug kī|key khuśhī har|her bachchē kē|K andar hai . nav[adj.] yug[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K andar hōnā[pres.sg.23] . new age (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) happiness (x|x[root]) child (of|K) inside be[pres.sg.23] .

5Every child has the happiness of the New Age.

7जानते हो कि नव युग अभी आया कि आया . jāntē hō ki nav yug abhī āyā ki āyā . jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] nav[adj.] yug[x] ab[adv.hī] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . know[pres.pl.m.2] that new age now come[past-part.m.sg.d.] that come[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

6You know that the New Age is about to come.

8दुनिया वालों का नव वर्ष एक दिन मनाने का है और आप सबका नव युग पूरा ही संगमयुग मनाने का है . duniyā vālō̃ kā nav varṣh ēk din manānē kā hai aur āp sabkā nav yug pūrā hī saṅgamyug manānē kā hai . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nav varṣh[x] ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nav[adj.] yug[x] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . world those who of New Year one day celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] of be[pres.sg.23] and you everyone's new age full only confluence age celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] of be[pres.sg.23] .

7People of the world celebrate the New Year for just one day, and all of you celebrate the New Age for the whole of the confluence age.

9नव वर्ष में खुशी मनाते , एक-दो को गिफ्ट देते हैं . nav varṣh mē̃ khuśhī manātē , ēk-dō kō gift dētē haĩ . nav varṣh[x] mē̃[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] manānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , ēk-dō kō[postp.] gift dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . New Year in happiness celebrate[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , one another to gift give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

8At the New Year, you celebrate with happiness and give gifts to one another.

10वह गिफ्ट भी क्या है  ! vah gift bhī kyā hai  ! vah[pn.sg.d.] gift bhī[p.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! that gift too what be[pres.sg.23]  !

9And what is the gift you give?

11थोड़े समय के लिए वह गिफ्ट है . thōṛē samay kē liē vah gift hai . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] vah[pn.sg.d.] gift hōnā[pres.sg.23] . short time for that gift be[pres.sg.23] .

10That gift is a gift for only a short time.

12नव युग रचता बाप आप सब बच्चों के लिए कौन-सी गिफ्ट लाते हैं  ? nav yug rachtā bāp āp sab bachchō̃ kē liē kaun-sī gift lātē haĩ  ? nav[adj.] yug[x] rachtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|rachnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] kaun sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] gift lānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? new age (creator|x[pres-part.m.sg.d.]) father you all child for which gift x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

11What gift does the Father, the Creator of the New Age, bring for you children?

13गोल्डन गिफ्ट , जिस गोल्डन गिफ्ट अर्थात् गोल्डन युग में सब स्वतः ही गोल्ड हो जाता है , नया हो जाता है . golden gift , jis golden gift arthāt golden yug mē̃ sab svataḥ hī gold hō jātā hai , nayā hō jātā hai . golden gift , jō[pn.sg.o.] golden gift arthāt golden yug[x] mē̃[postp.] sab[adj.] svataḥ hī[p.] gold hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . golden gift , that golden gift that is golden age in all automatically only x be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , new be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

12He brings you the golden gift, the golden age, with which all of you become gold. 13You become new through this.

14थोड़े समय के बाद नया वर्ष शुरू होगा लेकिन सब नया नहीं हो जायेगा . thōṛē samay kē bād nayā varṣh śhurū hōgā lēkin sab nayā nahī̃ hō jāyēgā . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] nayā varṣh[x] śhurū hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] lēkin sab[adj.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . short time after New Year x but all new not be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

14In a short time, the New Year will begin, but everything will not become new again.

15आपके नव युग में प्रकृति भी नई बन जायेगी . āpkē nav yug mē̃ prakr̥iti bhī naī ban jāyēgī . āp[pn.pl.kē] nav[adj.] yug[x] mē̃[postp.] prakr̥iti[x] bhī[p.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bannā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . you[.kē] new age in matter too new become[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .

15In your New Age, even nature will become new.

16आत्मा भी नये वस्त्र ( शरीर ) धारण करेगी . ātmā bhī nayē vastra ( śharīr ) dhāraṇ karēgī . ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vastra[n.m.;sg.,d.] ( śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] ) dhāraṇ karnā[fut.f.sg.23] . soul too new cloth ( body ) adopt[fut.f.sg.23] .

16Even the soul will adopt a new costume (body).

17हर वस्तु नई अर्थात् सतोप्रधान गोल्डन एज वाली होगी . har|her vastu naī arthāt satōpradhān golden age vālī hōgī . har|harnā[root]|her vastu[n.f.;sg.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] arthāt satōpradhān[adj.] golden age[x] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . (x|x[root]) thing new that is satopradhan golden age those who be[fut.f.sg.23] .

17Everything will be new, that is, it will be satopradhan and golden aged.

18तो नये वर्ष को मनाते आपके मन में , बुद्धि में नया युग ही याद आ रहा है . tō nayē varṣh kō manātē āpkē man mē̃ , buddhi mē̃ nayā yug hī yād ā rahā hai . tō nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] manānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] āp[pn.pl.kē] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yug[x] hī[p.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . then new year to celebrate[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] you[.kē] mind in , intellect in new age only remembrance come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

18So, whilst celebrating the New Year, you are only remembering the New Age in your mind and your intellect.

19नव युग याद है ना , कि आज के दिन नया वर्ष याद है  ? nav yug yād hai nā , ki āj kē|K din nayā varṣh yād hai  ? nav[adj.] yug[x] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , ki[conj.] āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K din[n.m.;sg.,d.] nayā varṣh[x] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? new age remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , that today (of|K) day New Year remembrance be[pres.sg.23]  ?

19You remember the New Age, do you not? 20Or are you only remembering the New Year for just today?

20बापदादा पहले मुबारक देते हैं नव युग की फिर साथ में मुबारक देते हैं नये वर्ष की , क्योंकि आप सब नव वर्ष मनाने के लिए आये हो ना  ! bāpdādā pahlē mubārak dētē haĩ nav yug kī|key phir sāth mē̃ mubārak dētē haĩ nayē varṣh kī|key , kyōṅki āp sab nav varṣh manānē kē liē āyē hō nā  ! bāpdādā pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nav[adj.] yug[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] nav varṣh[x] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā  ! BapDada (x|firstly) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] new age (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (turn[root]|then) with in congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] new year (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , because you all New Year celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] for come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅  !

21BapDada first of all congratulates you for the New Age and, together with that, also congratulates you for the New Year because all of you have come to celebrate the New Year, have you not? 22Celebrate!

21मनाओ , खूब मनाओ . manāō , khūb manāō . manānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , khūb[adj.] manānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . celebrate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , a lot celebrate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

23Celebrate a great deal!

22अविनाशी गिफ्ट जो बापदादा द्वारा मिली है , उसकी अविनाशी मुबारक मनाओ . avināśhī gift jō bāpdādā dvārā milī hai , uskī avināśhī mubārak manāō . avināśhī[adj.] gift jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā dvārā milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , vah[pn.sg.kī] avināśhī[adj.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] manānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . imperishable gift that BapDada through receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , that[.kī] imperishable congratulations celebrate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

24Celebrate the imperishable greetings of the imperishable gift that you have received from BapDada.

23सदा ही एक-दो को शुभ भावना की मुबारक दो . sadā hī ēk-dō kō śhubh bhāvnā kī|key mubārak dō . sadā hī[p.] ēk-dō kō[postp.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . constantly only one another to pure feeling (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .

25Constantly give one another greetings of good wishes.

24यही सच्ची मुबारक है . yahī sachchī mubārak hai . yahī[pn.;d.] sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this true congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .

26These are true greetings.

25मुबारक जब देते हो तो स्वयं भी खुश होते हो और दूसरे भी खुश होते हैं . mubārak jab dētē hō tō svayã bhī khuśh hōtē hō aur dūsrē bhī khuśh hōtē haĩ . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] jab dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō svayã bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . congratulations when give[pres.pl.m.2] then x too happy be[pres.pl.m.2] and other too happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

27When you give greetings, you yourself are happy and others also become happy. 28They do become happy, do they not?

26तो सच्चे दिल की मुबारक है - एक-दो के प्रति दिल से शुभ भावना , शुभ कामना की मुबारक . tō sachchē dil kī|key mubārak hai - ēk-dō kē prati dil sē śhubh bhāvnā , śhubh kāmnā kī|key mubārak . tō sachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - ēk-dō kē prati[x] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhubh kāmnā[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . then true heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations be[pres.sg.23] - one another for heart from pure feeling , good wishes (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations .

29So, greetings of an honest heart are the greetings of good wishes and pure feelings for one another.

27शुभ भावना ऐसी श्रेष्ठ मुबारक है जो कोई भी आत्मा की कैसी भी भावना हो , अच्छी भावना वा अच्छा भाव न भी हो , लेकिन आपकी शुभ भावना उनका भाव भी बदल सकती है , स्वभाव भी बदल सकती है . śhubh bhāvnā aisī śhrēṣhṭh mubārak hai jō kōī bhī ātmā kī|key kaisī bhī bhāvnā hō , achchhī bhāvnā vā achchhā bhāv na bhī hō , lēkin āpkī śhubh bhāvnā unkā bhāv bhī badal saktī hai , svabhāv bhī badal saktī hai . śhubh bhāvnā[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] kōī bhī[x] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] vā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] na[neg] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , lēkin āp[pn.pl.kī] śhubh bhāvnā[x] vah[pn.pl.kā] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] badalnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] , svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] badalnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] . pure feeling such elevated congratulations be[pres.sg.23] that anyone soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) how too feeling (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , achcha feeling or achcha consciousness not too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , but you[.kī] pure feeling that[.kā] consciousness too change[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] , nature too change[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] .

30Good wishes are such an elevated way of greeting that, no matter what type of feelings any soul has, even if that soul doesn’t have good wishes, even if that soul doesn’t have good intentions, your good wishes can change the intention of that soul. 31It can also change their nature.

28वैसे स्वभाव शब्द का अर्थ ही है – स्व ( सु ) अर्थात् शुभ भाव . vaisē svabhāv śhabda kā arth|earth hī hai – sva ( su ) arthāt śhubh bhāv . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] – sva ( x ) arthāt śhubh[adj.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x nature word of (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] – x ( x ) that is pure and positive consciousness .

32In fact, the meaning of the word nature (swabhav) is good (swa/su) feelings (bhav).

29हर समय हर आत्मा को यही अविनाशी मुबारक देते चलो . har|her samay har|her ātmā kō yahī avināśhī mubārak dētē chalō . har|harnā[root]|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] har|harnā[root]|her ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] avināśhī[adj.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x|x[root]) time (x|x[root]) soul to this imperishable congratulations give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

33Constantly continue to give every soul at every moment these imperishable greetings.

30कोई आपको कुछ भी दे लेकिन आप सबको शुभ भावना दो . kōī āpkō kuchh bhī dē lēkin āp sabkō śhubh bhāvnā dō . kōī[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] kuchh bhī[x] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] sabkō śhubh bhāvnā[x] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . some you[.kō] anything (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) but you everything pure feeling (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .

34No matter what anyone else gives you, you just continue to give everyone good wishes.

31अविनाशी आत्मा के अविनाशी आत्मिक स्थिति में स्थित होने से आत्मा परिवर्तित हो ही जायेगी . avināśhī ātmā kē|K avināśhī ātmik sthiti mē̃ sthit hōnē sē ātmā parivartit hō hī jāyēgī . avināśhī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K avināśhī[adj.] ātmik[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] parivartit[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] jānā[fut.f.sg.23] . imperishable soul (of|K) imperishable soul-conscious stage in stabilised be[inf.m.pl.,o.] from soul transformed (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only go[fut.f.sg.23] .

35By your remaining stable in the imperishable soul conscious stage of the imperishable soul, that soul will definitely be transformed.

32तो इस नये वर्ष में क्या विशेषता करेंगे  ? tō is nayē varṣh mē̃ kyā viśhēṣhtā karē̃gē  ? tō yah[pn.sg.o.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then this new year in what speciality do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

36So what speciality will you bring in this New Year?

33स्वयं में भी , सर्व में भी और सेवा में भी . svayã mē̃ bhī , sarv mē̃ bhī aur sēvā mē̃ bhī . svayã mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] , sarv[adj.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] . x in too , all in too and service in too .

37In yourself, in everyone else and in service?

34जब नया वर्ष नाम है तो कोई नवीनता करेंगे ना  ! jab nayā varṣh nām hai tō kōī navīntā karē̃gē nā  ! jab nayā varṣh[x] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō kōī[pn.;d.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ! when New Year name be[pres.sg.23] then some newness do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

38Since it is called the New Year, you will do something new, will you not?

35तो क्या नवीनता करेंगे  ? tō kyā navīntā karē̃gē  ? tō kyā navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then what newness do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

39So what newness will you bring?

36हर एक ने अपना नवीनता का प्लैन बनाया है या अभी सिर्फ नया वर्ष मना लेंगे  ? har ēk nē apnā navīntā kā plan banāyā hai yā abhī sirph nayā varṣh manā lē̃gē  ? har ēk[x] nē[postp.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] yā ab[adv.hī] sirph[adj.] nayā varṣh[x] manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā]  ? each one ∅ (adopt[root]|one’s own) newness of plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] or now only New Year celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā]  ?

40Has each one of you made a plan for your newness? 41Or will you now just celebrate the New Year?

37मिलन मनाया , नया वर्ष मनाया , नवीनता का क्या प्लैन बनाया  ? milan manāyā , nayā varṣh manāyā , navīntā kā kyā plan banāyā  ? milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , nayā varṣh[x] manānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , navīntā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kyā plan banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? meeting celebrate[past-part.m.sg.d.] , New Year celebrate[past-part.m.sg.d.] , newness of what plan create[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

42You celebrated a meeting, you celebrated the New Year, but what plan have you made for newness?

38बापदादा हर एक बच्चे को इस वर्ष के लिए विशेष यही इशारा देते हैं कि समय प्रमाण अभी सब बच्चों को चाहे यहाँ साकार में सम्मुख बैठे हैं , चाहे देश , विदेश में विज्ञान के साधन द्वारा सुन रहे हैं , देख रहे हैं , बापदादा भी सभी को देख रहे हैं . bāpdādā har ēk bachchē kō is varṣh kē liē viśhēṣh yahī iśhārā dētē haĩ ki samay pramāṇ abhī sab bachchō̃ kō chāhē yahā̃ sākār mē̃ sammukh baiṭhē haĩ , chāhē dēśh , vidēśh mē̃ vigyān kē|K sādhan dvārā sun rahē haĩ , dēkh rahē haĩ , bāpdādā bhī sabhī kō dēkh rahē haĩ . bāpdādā har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] yahī[pn.;d.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] sab[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] yahā̃ sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] sammukh baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vigyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , bāpdādā bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada each one child to this year for special this signal give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that time (under) now all child to (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) here sakar in in front of you sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) land , abroad in vigyan (of|K) facilities through listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , BapDada too all to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 39सभी बड़े आराम से , मजे से देख रहे हैं . sabhī baṛē ārām sē , majē sē dēkh rahē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ārām[x] sē[postp.] , mazā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . all very comfort from , pleasure from see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 40तो सर्व विश्व के , बापदादा के अति प्यारे अति मीठे बच्चों को बापदादा यही इशारा देते हैं कि ‘ ‘ अभी अपने इस ब्राह्मण जीवन में अमृतवेले से लेकर रात तक बचत का खाता बढ़ाओ , जमा का खाता बढ़ाओ . tō sarv viśhva kē|K , bāpdādā kē|K ati pyārē ati mīṭhē bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā yahī iśhārā dētē haĩ ki ‘ ‘ abhī apnē is brāhmaṇ jīvan mē̃ amr̥itvēlē sē lēkar rāt tak bachat kā khātā baṛhāō , jamā kā khātā baṛhāō . tō sarv[adj.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K , bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ati pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ati mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ‘ ‘ ab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.o.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] rāt[n.f.;sg.] tak bachat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jamā kā khātā[x] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then all world (of|K) , BapDada (of|K) x loving x sweet child to BapDada this signal give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that ‘ ‘ now one’s own this Brahmin life in amrit vela from take[abs.] night until x of (eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|account) increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , saving account increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

43For this year, BapDada is especially signalling every child. 44According to the time, every child – whether you are sitting here in the corporeal form personally in front of Baba, whether you are in this land or abroad, listening and seeing through the facilities of science – and BapDada is seeing everyone is sitting very comfortably and watching with great pleasure – so BapDada’s signal for all you extremely loving, sweet children of the whole world is: “Now, in this Brahmin life of yours, increase in your account of savings and your account of accumulation from amrit vela till night time.”

41’ ’ हर एक अपने कार्य के प्रमाण अपना प्लैन बनावे , जो भी ब्राह्मण जीवन में खज़ाने मिले हैं , उस हर एक खज़ाने की बचत वा जमा का खाता बढ़ाओ क्योंकि बापदादा ने आज वर्ष के अन्त तक चारों ओर के बच्चों की रिज़ल्ट देखी . ’ ’ har ēk apnē kārya kē|K pramāṇ apnā plan banāvē , jō bhī brāhmaṇ jīvan mē̃ khazānē milē haĩ , us har ēk khazānē kī|key bachat vā jamā kā khātā baṛhāō kyōṅki bāpdādā nē āj varṣh kē|K ant tak chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kī|key result dēkhī . ’ ’ har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[opt.sg.23] , jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.o.] har ēk[x] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bachat[n.f.;sg.] vā jamā kā khātā[x] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki bāpdādā nē[postp.] āj varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key result dēkhnā[past-part.f.] . ’ ’ each one one’s own task (of|K) (under) (adopt[root]|one’s own) plan create[opt.sg.23] , that too Brahmin life in treasure receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that each one treasure (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x or saving account increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because BapDada ∅ today year (of|K) end until everywhere (of|K) child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) result see[past-part.f.] .

45Each one of you make a plan according to your task. 46Now increase your account of savings or accumulation of each and every treasure you have received in your Brahmin life, because today, BapDada saw the result till the end of the year of all the children everywhere.

42क्या देखा , जान तो गये हो . kyā dēkhā , jān tō gayē hō . kyā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , jān[n.m.;sg.,d.]|jānnā[root] tō jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . what see[past-part.m.sg.d.] , (x|know[root]) then go[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .

47What did He see? 48You already know this.

43टीचर्स भी जान गई हैं . teachers bhī jān gaī haĩ . teacher bhī[p.] jānnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] . teacher too know[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] .

49The teachers know it.

44डबल फारेनर्स भी जान गये हैं . double foreigners bhī jān gayē haĩ . double foreigner bhī[p.] jānnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . double foreigner too know[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

50The double­foreigners know it. 51The maharathis know it.

45महारथी भी जान गये हैं . mahārathī bhī jān gayē haĩ . mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] jānnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . maharathi too know[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . 46जमा का खाता जितना होना चाहिए उतना … क्या कहें  ? jamā kā khātā jitnā hōnā chāhiē utnā … kyā kahē̃  ? jamā kā khātā[x] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] … kyā kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3]  ? saving account the more (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) x … what say[opt.pl.12hon3]  ?

52According to how much you should have in your account of accumulation…, what can Baba say?

47आप खुद ही बोलो , क्योंकि बापदादा जानते हैं कि सर्व खज़ाने जमा करने का समय सिर्फ अब संगम है . āp khud hī bōlō , kyōṅki bāpdādā jāntē haĩ ki sarv khazānē jamā karnē kā samay sirph ab saṅgam hai . āp[pn.pl.] khud hī[p.] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kyōṅki bāpdādā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sirph[adj.] ab[adv.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you oneself only speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , because BapDada know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that all treasure (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of time only now confluence be[pres.sg.23] .

53You yourselves can say it, because BapDada knows that the time to accumulate all the treasures is just now at the confluence age.

48इस छोटे से युग में जितना जमा किया उसी प्रमाण सारा कल्प प्रालब्ध प्राप्त करते रहेंगे . is chhōṭē sē yug mē̃ jitnā jamā kiyā usī pramāṇ sārā kalp prālabdh prāpt kartē rahē̃gē . yah[pn.sg.o.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] yug[x] mē̃[postp.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.hī] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] prāpt karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . this small from age in the more accumulate that[.hī] (under) the whole cycle reward reach .

54However much you accumulate in this short age, you will continue to attain your reward according to that throughout the whole cycle.

49जो आप सबका स्लोगन है ना - कौन-सा स्लोगन है  ? jō āp sabkā slōgan hai nā - kaun-sā slōgan hai  ? jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] slogan hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā - kaun sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] slogan hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? that you everyone's slogan be[pres.sg.23] ∅ - which slogan be[pres.sg.23]  ?

55All of you have a slogan. 56What is your slogan?

50अब नहीं तो … पीछे क्या है  ? ab nahī̃ tō … pīchhē kyā hai  ? ab[adv.] nahī̃ tō[x] … pīchhē kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? now otherwise … x what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

57“If not now, …”. 58What comes after this?

51‘ ‘ अब नहीं तो कब नहीं ’ ’ . ‘ ‘ ab nahī̃ tō kab nahī̃ ’ ’ . ‘ ‘ ab[adv.] nahī̃ tō[x] kab nahī̃[neg] ’ ’ . ‘ ‘ now otherwise when not ’ ’ .

59“If not now, then never.”

52यह स्लोगन दिमाग में तो बहुत याद है . yah slōgan dimāg mē̃ tō bahut yād hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] slogan dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō bahut yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this slogan head in then very remembrance be[pres.sg.23] .

60You remember this slogan in your head very well.

53लेकिन दिल में , याद में भूलता भी है तो याद भी रहता है . lēkin dil mē̃ , yād mē̃ bhūltā bhī hai tō yād bhī rahtā hai . lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , yād[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhūlnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō yād[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . but heart in , remembrance in forget[pres-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] then remembrance too remain[pres.sg.m.23] .

61However, in your heart and in your remembrance, you remember and you forget.

54सबसे बड़े से बड़ा खज़ाना इस ब्राह्मण जीवन की श्रेष्ठता का आधार है - संकल्प का खज़ाना , समय का खज़ाना , शक्तियों का खज़ाना , ज्ञान का खज़ाना , बाकी स्थूल धन का खज़ाना तो कामन है . sabsē baṛē sē baṛā khazānā is brāhmaṇ jīvan kī|key śhrēṣhṭhatā kā ādhār hai - saṅkalp kā khazānā , samay kā khazānā , śhaktiyō̃ kā khazānā , gyān kā khazānā , bākī sthūl dhan kā khazānā tō common hai . sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhrēṣhṭhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , bākī|bākī sthūl[adj.] dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō common hōnā[pres.sg.23] . the most very from very treasure this Brahmin life (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x of basis be[pres.sg.23] - thought of treasure , time of treasure , Shakti of treasure , knowledge of treasure , (but|others) physical wealth of treasure then x be[pres.sg.23] .

62The greatest treasures of all, the basis of the greatness of this Brahmin life, are the treasures of thought, the treasures of time, the treasures of powers and the treasures of knowledge. 63The treasures of physical wealth are common.

55तो बापदादा ने देखा जितना आप हर एक ब्राह्मण श्रेष्ठ संकल्प के खज़ाने द्वारा स्वयं को वा सेवा को श्रेष्ठ बना सकते हो , उसमें अभी और अण्डरलाइन लगानी पड़ेगी . tō bāpdādā nē dēkhā jitnā āp har ēk brāhmaṇ śhrēṣhṭh saṅkalp kē|K khazānē dvārā svayã kō vā sēvā kō śhrēṣhṭh banā saktē hō , usmē̃ abhī aur underline lagānī paṛēgī . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] har ēk[x] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dvārā svayã kō[postp.] vā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] banānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] ab[adv.hī] aur underline lagānā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] . then BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] the more you each one Brahmin elevated thought (of|K) treasure through x to or service to elevated create[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] , that[.mē̃] now and underline attach[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] .

64BapDada saw to what extent each of you Brahmins can make yourself and service elevated through the treasures of elevated thought. 65Now, all of you need to underline this more.

56आप ब्राह्मणों के एक श्रेष्ठ संकल्प में , शुभ संकल्प में इतनी शक्ति है जो आत्माओं को बहुत सहयोग दे सकते हो . āp brāhmaṇō̃ kē|K ēk śhrēṣhṭh saṅkalp mē̃ , śhubh saṅkalp mē̃ itnī śhakti hai jō ātmāō̃ kō bahut sahyōg dē saktē hō . āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ēk[adj.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , śhubh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . you Brahmin (of|K) one elevated thought in , pure and positive thought in such Shakti be[pres.sg.23] that soul to very cooperation give[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .

66You Brahmins have so much power in one pure and elevated thought that you can give a lot of co­operation to souls.

57संकल्प शक्ति का महत्त्व अभी और जितना चाहो उतना बढ़ा सकते हो . saṅkalp śhakti kā mahattva abhī aur jitnā chāhō utnā baṛhā saktē hō . saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x ab[adv.hī] aur jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛhānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . thought Shakti of x now and the more x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x increase[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .

67You can increase the importance of the power of your thought to whatever extent you want.

58जब साइंस का साधन राकेट , दूर बैठे जहाँ चाहे , जब चाहे , जिस स्थान पर पहुँचाने चाहे , एक सेकण्ड में पहुँचा सकते हैं . jab science kā sādhan rocket , dūr baiṭhē jahā̃ chāhē , jab chāhē , jis sthān par pahuñchānē chāhē , ēk second mē̃ pahuñchā saktē haĩ . jab science kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] rocket , dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] jahā̃ chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] , jab chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] , jō[pn.sg.o.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] pahuñchānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] , ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] pahuñchānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . when science of facilities rocket , distant (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) where there (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) , when (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) , that place (at|other) cause to reach[inf.m.pl.,o.] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) , one second in cause to reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

68Whilst sitting at a distance, people are able to make a rocket, an invention of science, reach a particular place wherever and whenever they want in just a second.

59आपके शुभ श्रेष्ठ संकल्प के आगे यह राकेट क्या है  ! āpkē śhubh śhrēṣhṭh saṅkalp kē āgē yah rocket kyā hai  ! āp[pn.pl.kē] śhubh[adj.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē āgē[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] rocket kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! you[.kē] pure and positive elevated thought in front of this rocket what be[pres.sg.23]  !

69What is this rocket beside your pure and elevated thought?

60रिफाइन विधि से कार्य में लगाके देखो , आपके विधि की सिद्धि बहुत श्रेष्ठ है . refine vidhi sē kārya mē̃ lagākē dēkhō , āpkē vidhi kī|key siddhi bahut śhrēṣhṭh hai . refine vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.kē] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key siddhi[x] bahut śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . refine method from task in attach[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , you[.kē] method (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) success very elevated be[pres.sg.23] .

70Just use it in a refined way and see. 71The result of your method is very elevated.

61लेकिन अभी अन्तर्मुखता की भट्ठी में बैठो . lēkin abhī antarmukhtā kī|key bhaṭṭhī mē̃ baiṭhō . lēkin ab[adv.hī] antarmukhtā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhaṭṭhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but now x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) bhatti in sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

72However, now sit in the furnace of introspection.

62तो इस नये वर्ष में अपने आप सर्व खज़ानों की बचत की स्कीम बनाओ . tō is nayē varṣh mē̃ apnē āp sarv khazānō̃ kī|key bachat kī|key scheme banāō . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apnē āp[x] sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bachat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key scheme banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then this new year in by yourself all treasure (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

73In this New Year, make a plan of a savings scheme of all the treasures for yourself.

63जमा का खाता बढ़ाओ . jamā kā khātā baṛhāō . jamā kā khātā[x] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . saving account increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

74Increase your account of accumulation.

64सारे दिन में स्वयं ही अपने प्रति अन्तर्मुखता की भट्ठी के लिए समय फिक्स करो . sārē din mē̃ svayã hī apnē prati antarmukhtā kī|key bhaṭṭhī kē liē samay fix karō . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] svayã hī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prati antarmukhtā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhaṭṭhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē liē[x] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] fix karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . the whole day in x only one’s own for x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) bhatti for time fix do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

75Fix times throughout the whole day for yourself to be in the furnace of introspection from time to time.

65आपेही आप कर सकते हो , दूसरा नहीं कर सकता है . āpēhī āp kar saktē hō , dūsrā nahī̃ kar saktā hai . āpēhī āp[pn.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . automatically you do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] , other not do[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .

76You yourself can do this, others cannot do it for you.

66बापदादा प्रत्यक्षता वर्ष के पहले इस वर्ष को ‘ ‘ सफलता भव का वर्ष ’ ’ कहते हैं . bāpdādā pratyakṣhatā varṣh kē|K pahlē is varṣh kō ‘ ‘ saphaltā bhav kā varṣh ’ ’ kahtē haĩ . bāpdādā pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ‘ ‘ saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhav kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ’ ’ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada revelation year (of|K) (x|firstly) this year to ‘ ‘ success (x|may you be) of year ’ ’ say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

77Before the Year of Revelation, BapDada calls this year “The Year of Being Successful.”

67सफलता का आधार हर खज़ाने को सफल करना . saphaltā kā ādhār har|her khazānē kō saphal karnā . saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] har|harnā[root]|her khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] saphal[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . success of basis (x|x[root]) treasure to successful do[inf.m.sg.d.] . 68सफल करो , सफलता प्राप्त करो . saphal karō , saphaltā prāpt karō . saphal[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] prāpt karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . successful do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , success reach .

78The basis of success (safalta) is to use every treasure in a worthwhile way (safal karna).

69सफलता प्रत्यक्षता को स्वतः ही प्रत्यक्ष करेगी . saphaltā pratyakṣhatā kō svataḥ hī pratyakṣha karēgī . saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] svataḥ hī[p.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[fut.f.sg.23] . success revelation to automatically only visible do[fut.f.sg.23] .

79Use them in a worthwhile way and achieve success.

70वाचा की सेवा बहुत अच्छी की लेकिन अब सफलता के वरदान द्वारा बाप की , स्वयं की प्रत्यक्षता को समीप लाओ . vāchā kī|key sēvā bahut achchhī kī|key lēkin ab saphaltā kē|K vardān dvārā bāp kī|key , svayã kī|key pratyakṣhatā kō samīp lāō . vāchā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lēkin ab[adv.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , svayã karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] samīp[adj.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service very achcha (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) but now success (of|K) blessing through father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) revelation to close x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 71हर एक ब्राह्मणों की जीवन में सर्व खज़ानों की सम्पन्नता का आत्माओं को अनुभव हो . har ēk brāhmaṇō̃ kī|key jīvan mē̃ sarv khazānō̃ kī|key sampannatā kā ātmāō̃ kō anubhav hō . har ēk[x] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sampanntā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . each one Brahmin (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) life in all treasure (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x of soul to experience (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

80Success will automatically reveal the revelation. 81You have served through words very well, but now, with the blessing of success, bring the revelation of the Father and the self closer. 82Let souls experience the life of every Brahmin to be full of every treasure.

72आजकल की आत्मायें आपके अनुभवी मूर्त द्वारा अनुभूति करने चाहती हैं . ājkal kī ātmāyē̃ āpkē anubhavī mūrt dvārā anubhūti karnē chāhtī haĩ . ājkal karnā[past-part.f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] anubhavī[adj.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] dvārā anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . x[past-part.f.] soul you[.kē] experienced image through experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .

83Souls of today are wanting to have an experience through you images of experience.

73सुनने कम चाहती हैं , अनुभूति ज़्यादा चाहती हैं . sunnē cum|kam chāhtī haĩ , anubhūti zyādā chāhtī haĩ . sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] cum|kam[adj.] chāhnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] x chāhnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] (x|less) x[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , experience x x[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .

84They want to hear less, and want have an experience more.

74‘ ‘ अनुभूति का आधार है - खज़ानों का जमा खाता . ‘ ‘ anubhūti kā ādhār hai - khazānō̃ kā jamā khātā . ‘ ‘ anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . ‘ ‘ experience of basis be[pres.sg.23] - treasure of (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) (eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|account) .

85The basis of experience is the account of accumulation of the treasures.

75’ ’ अभी सारे दिन में बीच-बीच में यह अपना चार्ट चेक करो , सर्व खज़ाने जमा कितने किये  ? ’ ’ abhī sārē din mē̃ bīch-bīch mē̃ yah apnā chart check karō , sarv khazānē jamā kitnē kiyē  ? ’ ’ ab[adv.hī] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chart check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? ’ ’ now the whole day in x this (adopt[root]|one’s own) chart check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , all treasure (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) so do[past-part.m.pl.,o.]  ?

86Now, throughout the day, every now and again, check this chart of yours. 87To what extent have I accumulated all treasures?

76जमा का खाता निकालो , पोतामेल निकालो . jamā kā khātā nikālō , pōtāmēl nikālō . jamā kā khātā[x] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , pōtāmēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . saving account x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , account(s) x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

88Look at your account of accumulation. 89Look at your chart.

77एक मिनट में कितने संकल्प चलते हैं  ? ēk minute mē̃ kitnē saṅkalp chaltē haĩ  ? ēk[adj.] minute mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? one minute in so thought continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

90How many thoughts do you have in one minute?

78संकल्प की फास्ट गति है ना . saṅkalp kī|key fast gati hai nā . saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key fast gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . thought (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) fast speed be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

91The speed of thoughts is fast, is it not?

79कितने सफल हुए , कितने व्यर्थ हुए  ? kitnē saphal huē , kitnē vyarth huē  ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saphal[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? so successful be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , so wasteful be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]  ?

92How many were worthwhile and how many were wasted?

80कितने समर्थ रहे , कितने साधारण रहे  ? kitnē samarth rahē , kitnē sādhāraṇ rahē  ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samarth[adj.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sādhāraṇ[adj.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? so powerful (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , so ordinary (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.])  ?

93How many were powerful and how many were ordinary?

81चेक करने की मशीन तो आपके पास है ना या नहीं है  ? check karnē kī|key machine tō āpkē pās|pass hai nā yā nahī̃ hai  ? check karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key machine tō āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā yā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? check do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) machine then you[.kē] (x|pass) be[pres.sg.23] ∅ or not be[pres.sg.23]  ?

94You have the machine with which to check, do you not? 95Or do you not have it?

82सबके पास चेकिंग मशीन है  ? sabkē pās|pass checking machine hai  ? sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pās|pass checking machine[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? everyone's (x|pass) checking machine be[pres.sg.23]  ?

96Do all of you have a checking machine?

83टीचर्स के पास है  ? teachers kē pās hai  ? teacher kē pās[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? teacher to be[pres.sg.23]  ?

97Do you teachers have it?

84आपके सेन्टर्स पर जैसे कम्प्यूटर है , ई-मेल है वैसे यह चेकिंग मशीन है  ? āpkē centres par jaisē computer hai , e-mail hai vaisē yah checking machine hai  ? āp[pn.pl.kē] centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] computer hōnā[pres.sg.23] , email hōnā[pres.sg.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] checking machine[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? you[.kē] centre (at|other) like computer be[pres.sg.23] , e-mail be[pres.sg.23] x this checking machine be[pres.sg.23]  ?

98Just as you have computers and e­mails at your centres, in the same way, do you have this checking machine?

85डबल फारेनर्स के पास है  ? double foreigners kē pās hai  ? double foreigner kē pās[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? double foreigner to be[pres.sg.23]  ?

99Do the double foreigners have it?

86चलती है या बन्द पड़ी है  ? chaltī hai yā band paṛī hai  ? chalnā[pres.sg.f.23] yā band[adj.] paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23]  ? continue[pres.sg.f.23] or closed fall[pres-perf.sg.f.23]  ?

100Is it working or has it packed up?

87पाण्डवों के पास चेकिंग मशीन है  ? pāṇḍavō̃ kē pās checking machine hai  ? pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē pās[x] checking machine[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? Pandava to checking machine be[pres.sg.23]  ?

101Do the Pandavas have this checking machine?

88सबके पास है , कोई के पास नहीं हो तो अप्लीकेशन डालो . sabkē pās|pass hai , kōī kē pās nahī̃ hō tō aplīkēśan ḍālō . sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pās|pass hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] kē pās[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō x ḍālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . everyone's (x|pass) be[pres.sg.23] , some to not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then x create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

102Do all of you have it? 103If any of you don’t have it, you may put in an application.

89जैसे कहाँ आफिस खोलते हो तो पहले ही सोचते हो कि आफिस बनाने के पहले , आजकल के जमाने में कम्प्यूटर चाहिए , ई-मेल चाहिए , टाइप मशीन चाहिए , कापी निकालने वाली मशीन चाहिए . jaisē kahā̃ office khōltē hō tō pahlē hī sōchtē hō ki office banānē kē|K pahlē , ājkal kē|K jamānē mē̃ computer chāhiē , e-mail chāhiē , type machine chāhiē , kāpī nikālnē vālī machine chāhiē . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahā̃ office khōlnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hī[p.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] office banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] , ājkal kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jamānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] computer chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , email chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , type machine chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , kāpī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nikālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] machine chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . like where office open[pres.pl.m.2] then (x|firstly) only think[pres.pl.m.2] that office create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) (x|firstly) , nowadays (of|K) make firm[inf.m.pl.,o.] in computer (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , e-mail (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , x machine (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , copy x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who machine (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

104When you set up an office, you first think about the equipment you need for the office in today’s world, such as a computer, an e­mail, a type­machine, a photocopier. 105You need all of those things, do you not?

90चाहिए ना  ? chāhiē nā  ? chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] nā  ? (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ∅  ? 91तो ब्राह्मण जीवन में , आपके दिल के आफिस में यह सब मशीन हैं या नहीं हैं  ? tō brāhmaṇ jīvan mē̃ , āpkē dil kē|K office mē̃ yah sab machine haĩ yā nahī̃ haĩ  ? tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , āp[pn.pl.kē] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K office mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] machine hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? then Brahmin life in , you[.kē] heart (of|K) office in this all machine be[pres.pl.12hon3] or not be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

106So too, in Brahmin life, do you have all those machines in the office of your heart?

92बापदादा ने पहले भी सुनाया कि बापदादा के पास प्रकृति भी आती है कहने के लिए कि मैं एवररेडी हूँ , समय भी ब्राह्मणों को बार-बार देखता रहता है कि ब्राह्मण तैयार हैं  ? bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī sunāyā ki bāpdādā kē pās prakr̥iti bhī ātī hai kahnē kē liē ki maĩ ever ready hū̃ , samay bhī brāhmaṇō̃ kō bār-bār dēkhtā rahtā hai ki brāhmaṇ taiyār haĩ  ? bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] bāpdādā kē pās[x] prakr̥iti[x] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] ever ready hōnā[pres.sg.1] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bār[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] ki[conj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] that BapDada to matter too come[pres.sg.f.23] say[inf.m.pl.,o.] for that I ever-ready be[pres.sg.1] , time too Brahmin to time see[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] that Brahmin x be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

107Or do you not have them? 108BapDada told you earlier too that even nature comes to tell BapDada: I am ever­ready. 109Time is repeatedly looking at you Brahmins. 110Are the Brahmins ready?

93बार-बार ब्राह्मणों का चक्कर लगाता है . bār-bār brāhmaṇō̃ kā chakkar lagātā hai . bār[n.f.;sg.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres.sg.m.23] . time Brahmin of cycle attach[pres.sg.m.23] .

111It is repeatedly visiting the Brahmins.

94तो बापदादा पूछते हैं , हाथ तो बहुत अच्छे उठाते हो , बापदादा भी खुश हो जाते हैं . tō bāpdādā pūchhtē haĩ , hāth tō bahut achchhē uṭhātē hō , bāpdādā bhī khuśh hō jātē haĩ . tō bāpdādā pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.2] , bāpdādā bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . then BapDada ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , hand then very achcha uplift[pres.pl.m.2] , BapDada too happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

112So BapDada is asking you: You raise your hands very well and BapDada becomes pleased.

95अब ऐसे एवररेडी बनो जो हर संकल्प , हर सेकण्ड , हर श्वास जो बीते वह वाह , वाह हो . ab aisē ever ready banō jō har|her saṅkalp , har|her second , har|her śhvās jō bītē vah vāh , vāh hō . ab[adv.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ever ready bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] har|harnā[root]|her saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , har|harnā[root]|her second , har|harnā[root]|her śhvāṅs[n.f.;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] bītnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bītnā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] vāh , vāh hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . now such ever-ready become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that (x|x[root]) thought , (x|x[root]) second , (x|x[root]) breathing that (pass[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|pass[opt.sg.23]) that wah! , wah! (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

113Now become ever­ready to such an extent that every thought, second, and breath that passes is wonderful (Wah, wah!).

96व्हाई नहीं हो , वाह , वाह हो . why nahī̃ hō , vāh , vāh hō . why nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , vāh , vāh hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , wah! , wah! (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

114Not “why”, but “Wah, wah!”

97अभी कोई समय वाह-वाह होता है , कोई समय वाह के बजाए व्हाई हो जाता है . abhī kōī samay vāh-vāh hōtā hai , kōī samay vāh kē bajāē why hō jātā hai . ab[adv.hī] kōī[pn.;d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāh hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāh kē bajāē[x] why hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . now some time wah! be[pres.sg.m.23] , some time wah! instead of x be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

115At the moment it is sometimes “wah, wah” (wonderful) and at other times, it becomes “Why?”

98कोई समय बिन्दी लगाते हैं , कोई समय क्वेश्चन मार्क और आश्चर्य की मात्रा लग जाती है . kōī samay bindī lagātē haĩ , kōī samay question mark aur āśhcharya kī mātrā lag jātī hai . kōī[pn.;d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kōī[pn.;d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] question mark[x] aur āśhcharya kī mātrā[x] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . some time point attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , some time x and x x[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

116Sometimes a full­stop is applied, sometimes a question mark and sometimes an exclamation mark.

99आप सबका मन भी कहे वाह  ! āp sabkā man bhī kahē vāh  ! āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] vāh  ! you everyone's mind too (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) wah!  !

117Let the minds of all of you also say, Wah!

100और जिसके भी सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में आते हो , चाहे ब्राह्मणों के , चाहे सेवा करने वालों के वाह  ! aur jiskē bhī sambandh-sampark mē̃ ātē hō , chāhē brāhmaṇō̃ kē|K , chāhē sēvā karnē vālō̃ kē|K vāh  ! aur jō[pn.sg.kē] bhī[p.] sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vāh  ! and that[.kē] too x in come[pres.pl.m.2] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Brahmin (of|K) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (of|K) wah!  ! 101वाह  ! vāh  ! vāh  ! wah!  ! 102शब्द निकले . śhabda nikalē . śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] . word (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) .

118Whomsoever you come into relationship and connection with, whether Brahmins or those who serve, let the words “Wah, wah!” emerge from them.

103अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

119Achcha.

104इस सीज़न के लास्ट टर्न में कितने मास हैं , ( तीन मास ) . is season kē|K last turn mē̃ kitnē mās haĩ , ( tīn mās ) . yah[pn.sg.o.] season kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K last tum mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ( tīn[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] ) . this season (of|K) last you in so (month|x) be[pres.pl.12hon3] , ( x (month|x) ) .

120How many months remain till the last turn of this season? 121(3 months).

105तो तीन मास के बाद बापदादा हर एक बच्चे के बचत का एकाउन्ट चेक करेगा . tō tīn mās kē bād bāpdādā har ēk bachchē kē|K bachat kā account check karēgā . tō tīn[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] bāpdādā har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] account check karnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then x (month|x) after BapDada each one child (of|K) x of account check do[fut.m.sg.23] .

122Therefore, after 3 months, BapDada will check the savings account of every child.

106ठीक है  ? ṭhīk hai  ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? OK be[pres.sg.23]  ?

123Is this OK?

107जो समझते हैं तीन मास में चेक कराने के लिए तैयार हो जायेंगे , वह एक हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ tīn mās mē̃ check karānē kē liē taiyār hō jāyēṅgē , vah ēk hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tīn[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] check karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , vah[pn.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x (month|x) in check make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] for x be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , that one raise your hands .

124Those who think that they will be ready to have their account checked in 3 months, raise one hand!

108तैयार हो जायेंगे  ? taiyār hō jāyēṅgē  ? taiyār[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]  ? x be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]  ?

125Will you be ready by then?

109कितने परसेन्ट में तैयार होंगे  ? kitnē percent mē̃ taiyār hōṅgē  ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] percent mē̃[postp.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? so % in x be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

126By what percentage will you be ready?

110उमंग अच्छा हिम्मत और मेहनत में आपको मुबारक हो है . umaṅg achchhā himmat aur mēhnat mē̃ āpkō mubārak hō hai . umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kō] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . zeal achcha courage and effort in you[.kō] congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) be[pres.sg.23] .

127You have good enthusiasm. 128None of you are raising your hands.

111कोई नहीं उठा रहे हैं , सोच रहे हैं क्या  ? kōī nahī̃ uṭhā rahē haĩ , sōch rahē haĩ kyā  ? kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , sōchnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] kyā  ? some not uplift[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , think[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] what  ?

129Are you still thinking?

112तीन मास में एकाउन्ट चेक होगा . tīn mās mē̃ account check hōgā . tīn[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] account check hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . x (month|x) in account check be[fut.m.sg.23] .

130Your account will be checked in 3 months.

113आप अपना एकाउन्ट चेक करना , फिर बापदादा चेक करेगा . āp apnā account check karnā , phir bāpdādā check karēgā . āp[pn.pl.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] account check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] bāpdādā check karnā[fut.m.sg.23] . you (adopt[root]|one’s own) account check do[inf.m.sg.d.] , (turn[root]|then) BapDada check do[fut.m.sg.23] .

131Check your own account first and then BapDada will check it.

114बापदादा को तो देरी नहीं लगती . bāpdādā kō tō dērī nahī̃ lagtī . bāpdādā kō[postp.] tō dērī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.f.] . BapDada to then x not x[pres-part.f.] .

132It doesn’t take BapDada long.

115यहाँ तो एकाउन्ट में कितना माथा लगाना पड़ता है . yahā̃ tō account mē̃ kitnā māthā lagānā paṛtā hai . yahā̃ tō account mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] māthā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lagānā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] . here then account in so x attach[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] .

133Here you have to beat your heads so much over accounts.

116लगाना पड़ता है ना  ? lagānā paṛtā hai nā  ? lagānā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] nā  ? attach[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] ∅  ?

134You do have to beat your heads.

117थक जाते हैं . thak jātē haĩ . thaknā, phathaknā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . become desperate[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

135You become tired.

118बापदादा को मालूम पड़ता है , हो जायेगी मालिश . bāpdādā kō mālūm paṛtā hai , hō jāyēgī māliśh . bāpdādā kō[postp.] mālūm[adj.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] , hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] māliśh[n.f.;sg.] . BapDada to x fall[pres.sg.m.23] , be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] massage .

136BapDada is aware of this. 137You will be massaged.

119मधुबन वाले एकाउन्ट रखने में तो होशियार हैं ना  ? madhuban vālē account rakhnē mē̃ tō hōśhiyār haĩ nā  ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] account rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] tō hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā  ? Madhuban those who account keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] in then clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅  ?

138Those from Madhuban are clever in keeping your accounts, are you not?

120सब वाह , वाह हो जायेगा . sab vāh , vāh hō jāyēgā . sab[adj.] vāh , vāh hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . all wah! , wah! be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

139Everything will be “Wah, wah!” (wonderful).

121कोई बात नहीं . kōī bāt nahī̃ . kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . some matter not .

140It doesn’t matter.

122बापदादा टीचर्स को देखकर बहुत खुश होता है . bāpdādā teachers kō dēkhkar bahut khuśh hōtā hai . bāpdādā teacher kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] bahut khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada teacher to see[abs.] very happy be[pres.sg.m.23] .

141BapDada is very pleased on seeing the teachers.

123 ( सभी ने ताली बजाई ) तालियां तो बहुत अच्छी बजाई . ( sabhī nē tālī bajāī ) tāliyā̃ tō bahut achchhī bajāī . ( sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[past-part.f.] ) tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bajānā[past-part.f.] . ( all ∅ clapping play[past-part.f.] ) clapping then very achcha play[past-part.f.] .

142(Everyone applauded.) 143You applauded very well.

124वैसे तो आप सब टीचर हो ना , या यह टीचर्स ही टीचर हैं . vaisē tō āp sab teacher hō nā , yā yah teachers hī teacher haĩ . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] teacher hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā , yā yah[pn.sg.d.] teacher hī[p.] teacher hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x then you all teacher (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ , or this teacher only teacher be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

144In fact, all of you are teachers, are you not? 145Or are just the teachers, teachers?

125जब कोर्स कराते हो वा मैसेज देते हो तो क्या बनते हो  ? jab course karātē hō vā message dētē hō tō kyā bantē hō  ? jab course karānā[pres.pl.m.2] vā message dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō kyā bannā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? when course make commit[pres.pl.m.2] or message give[pres.pl.m.2] then what become[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

146What do you become when you give courses or a message?

126टीचर बनते हो ना  ? teacher bantē hō nā  ? teacher bannā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ? teacher become[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  ?

147You become teachers, do you not?

127बापदादा इस वर्ष में एक नवीनता देखने चाहते हैं , सुनायें . bāpdādā is varṣh mē̃ ēk navīntā dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ , sunāyē̃ . bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , sunānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . BapDada this year in one newness see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , speak[opt.pl.12hon3] .

148BapDada wishes to see newness in one thing this year. 149Should He tell you about it?

128करेंगे  ? karē̃gē  ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

150Will you do it?

129पाण्डव करेंगे  ? pāṇḍav karē̃gē  ? pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? Pandava do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

151Will the Pandavas do it?

130पक्का  ? pakkā  ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ? firm  ?

152Are you sure?

131पक्का करेंगे  ? pakkā karē̃gē  ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? firm do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

153Are you sure you will do it?

132कुछ भी हो जाए करना पड़ेगा . kuchh bhī hō jāē karnā paṛēgā . kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . anything be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .

154No matter what happens, you will have to do it.

133तैयार हैं  ? taiyār haĩ  ? taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? x be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

155Are you ready?

134सभी पाण्डव तैयार हैं  ? sabhī pāṇḍav taiyār haĩ  ? sab[adv.hī] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? all Pandava x be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

156Are all the Pandavas ready?

135यूथ भी तैयार हैं  ? youth bhī taiyār haĩ  ? youth bhī[p.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? youth too x be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

157Are the youth ready?

136बापदादा सुनाये करेंगे  ? bāpdādā sunāyē karē̃gē  ? bāpdādā sunānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.past-part+karnā]  ? BapDada speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3.past-part+karnā]  ? 137मातायें करेंगी  ? mātāyē̃ karē̃gī  ? mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ? mother do[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ?

158(Youth group is also sitting in front of BapDada.)

138 ( सभी ने कहा हाँ जी ) अच्छा है , बापदादा बच्चों की हिम्मत पर मुबारक दे रहे हैं . ( sabhī nē kahā hā̃ jī ) achchhā hai , bāpdādā bachchō̃ kī|key himmat par mubārak dē rahē haĩ . ( sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hā̃ jī[x] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . ( all ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] yes ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] , BapDada child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) courage (at|other) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

159If BapDada tells you, will you do it? 160Will the mothers do it? 161It is good. 162BapDada congratulates you children for your courage.

139अभी सुनो एक बात , दो हाथ की ताली नहीं बजाओ , एक हाथ की ताली बजाओ . abhī sunō ēk bāt , dō hāth kī|key tālī nahī̃ bajāō , ēk hāth kī|key tālī bajāō . ab[adv.hī] sunnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] , dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ēk[adj.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now listen[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] one matter , (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) hand (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) clapping not play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , one hand (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) clapping play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

163Now listen to one thing. 164Don’t clap with two hands. 165Just clap with one hand (wave your hand).

140घमसान हो जाता है ना  ? ghamsān hō jātā hai nā  ? ghamsān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] nā  ? x be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ∅  ?

166Otherwise there is a lot of noise.

141तो आज ग्रेट-ग्रेट ग्रैण्ड फ़ादर ब्रह्मा बाप की एक शुभ आशा रही , ब्रह्मा बाप बोले कि मेरे ग्रेट ग्रेट ग्रैण्ड सन्स को विशेष एक बात कहनी है , वह क्या  ? tō āj great-great grand fādar brahmā bāp kī|key ēk śhubh āśhā rahī , brahmā bāp bōlē ki mērē great great grand sons kō viśhēṣh ēk bāt kahnī hai , vah kyā  ? tō āj great grand x brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ēk[adj.] śhubh[adj.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[past-part.f.] , brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōlnā[opt.sg.23]|bōlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] great great grand son kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] kahnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , vah[pn.sg.d.] kyā  ? then today x x x Brahma father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) one pure and positive desire remain[past-part.f.] , Brahma father (speak[opt.sg.23]|speak[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that I[.kē] x x x son to special one matter say[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , that what  ?

167Today, Great­great­grandfather Brahma has one pure hope. 168Father Brahma says: I especially want to tell one thing to my great­great­grandsons. 169What is that?

142कि सदा हर बच्चे के चेहरे पर , सदा एक तो रूहानियत की मुस्कराहट हो , सुना  ! ki sadā har|her bachchē kē|K chēhrē par , sadā ēk tō rūhāniyat kī|key muskarāhaṭ hō , sunā  ! ki[conj.] sadā har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] , sadā ēk[adj.] tō rūḥānīyat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key muskarāhaṭ[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root]  ! that constantly (x|x[root]) child (of|K) face (at|other) , constantly one then x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root])  !

170That, firstly, every child should always have a smile of spirituality on his face. 171Did you hear that?

143अच्छी तरह से कान खोल के सुनना . achchhī tarah sē kān khōl kē|K sunnā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] kān[n.m.;sg.,d.] khōlnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sunnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . achcha x from ear open[root] (of|K) listen[inf.m.sg.d.] .

172Listen to it very carefully with open ears.

144और दूसरा - मुख में सदा मधुरता हो . aur dūsrā - mukh mē̃ sadā madhurtā hō . aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sadā madhurtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . and other - mouth in constantly sweetness (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

173And, secondly, that you always have sweetness in your words.

145एक शब्द भी मधुरता के बिना नहीं हो . ēk śhabda bhī madhurtā kē|K binā nahī̃ hō . ēk[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] madhurtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . one word too sweetness (of|K) without not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

174Let not even one word be without sweetness.

146चेहरे पर रूहानियत हो , मुख में मधुरता हो और मन-बुद्धि में सदा शुभ भावना , रहमदिल की भावना , दातापन की भावना हो . chēhrē par rūhāniyat hō , mukh mē̃ madhurtā hō aur man-buddhi mē̃ sadā śhubh bhāvnā , merciful kī|key bhāvnā , dātāpan kī|key bhāvnā hō . chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] rūḥānīyat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] madhurtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur man-buddhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sadā śhubh bhāvnā[x] , merciful karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] , dātāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . face (at|other) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , mouth in sweetness (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and x in constantly pure feeling , merciful (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) feeling , being a bestower (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) feeling (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 147हर कदम में फालो फादर हो . har|her kadam mē̃ follow father hō . har|harnā[root]|her kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] follow father[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (x|x[root]) step in follow the Father (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 148तो यह कर सकते हो  ? tō yah kar saktē hō  ? tō yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ? then this do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ?

175Let there be spirituality on your face, sweetness in your words and in your mind and intellect, let there always be good wishes, merciful feelings and feelings of being a bestower.

149टीचर्स यह कर सकते हो  ? teachers yah kar saktē hō  ? teacher yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ? teacher this do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ?

176Follow the father at every step.

150यूथ कर सकते हो  ? youth kar saktē hō  ? youth karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ? youth do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ?

177Are you able to do this?

151 ( ज्ञान सरोवर में देशविदेश के यूथ की रिट्रीट चल रही है ) बापदादा के पास यूथ ग्रुप की रिज़ल्ट बहुत अच्छी आई है . ( gyān sarōvar mē̃ dēśavidēś kē|K youth kī|key retreat chal rahī hai ) bāpdādā kē pās youth group kī|key result bahut achchhī āī hai . ( gyān sarōvar[x] mē̃[postp.] x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K youth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key retreat chalnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ) bāpdādā kē pās[x] youth group karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key result bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . ( Gyan Sarovar in x (of|K) youth (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x continue[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ) BapDada to youth group (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) result very achcha come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

178Teachers, are you able to do this? 179Youth, are you able to do this? 180BapDada has received a very good result of the youth group.

152पदमगुणा मुबारक हो . padamguṇā mubārak hō . padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . multimillion-fold congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

181Multimillionfold congratulations.

153अच्छा रिज़ल्ट है . achchhā result hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] result hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha result be[pres.sg.23] .

182The result is good.

154अनुभव भी अच्छे किये हैं , बापदादा खुश हुए . anubhav bhī achchhē kiyē haĩ , bāpdādā khuśh huē . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . experience too achcha do[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , BapDada happy be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .

183You have had good experiences. 184BapDada was pleased.

155बापदादा ने अनुभव भी सुने . bāpdādā nē anubhav bhī sunē . bāpdādā nē[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] sunnā[opt.sg.23]|sunnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . BapDada ∅ experience too (listen[opt.sg.23]|listen[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .

185BapDada also heard your experiences.

156सुनी सुनाई नहीं , डायरेक्ट बापदादा ने आपके अनुभव सुने , लेकिन अभी इन अनुभवों को अमर भव के वरदान से अविनाशी रखना . sunī sunāī nahī̃ , direct bāpdādā nē āpkē anubhav sunē , lēkin abhī in anubhavō̃ kō amar bhav kē|K vardān sē avināśhī rakhnā . sunnā[past-part.f.] sunānā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] , direct bāpdādā nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kē] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[opt.sg.23]|sunnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , lēkin ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.pl.o.]|in anubhav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] amar[adj.] bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhav kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] avināśhī[adj.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . listen[past-part.f.] speak[past-part.f.] not , direct BapDada ∅ you[.kē] experience (listen[opt.sg.23]|listen[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , but now (this|in) experience to immortal (x|may you be) (of|K) blessing from imperishable keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .

186They weren’t related through others, but BapDada heard your experiences directly. 187However, now keep these experiences imperishable with the blessing of making them immortal.

157कुछ भी हो जाए लेकिन अपने रूहानी अनुभवों को सदा आगे बढ़ाते रहना . kuchh bhī hō jāē lēkin apnē rūhānī anubhavō̃ kō sadā āgē baṛhātē rahnā . kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] lēkin apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūhānī[adj.] anubhav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sadā āgē baṛhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . anything be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] but one’s own spiritual experience to constantly previously increase[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .

188No matter what happens, always continue to make your spiritual experiences increase.

158कम नहीं करना . cum|kam nahī̃ karnā . cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (x|less) not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

189Don’t decrease them.

159तीन मास के बाद मधुबन में आओ , नहीं आओ . tīn mās kē bād madhuban mē̃ āō , nahī̃ āō . tīn[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x (month|x) after Madhuban in come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , not come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 160तीन मास के बाद फारेन से तो आयेंगे नहीं लेकिन अपना एकाउन्ट रखना और बापदादा के पास भेजना , बापदादा राइट करेगा . tīn mās kē bād foreign sē tō āyēṅgē nahī̃ lēkin apnā account rakhnā aur bāpdādā kē pās bhējnā , bāpdādā right karēgā . tīn[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] foreign sē[postp.] tō ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] lēkin apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] account rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur bāpdādā kē pās[x] bhējnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , bāpdādā right karnā[fut.m.sg.23] . x (month|x) after abroad from then come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] not but (adopt[root]|one’s own) account keep[inf.m.sg.d.] and BapDada to x[inf.m.sg.d.] , BapDada right do[fut.m.sg.23] .

190Whether you come or don’t come to Madhuban after 3 months – because you won’t come back from abroad – still keep your account and send it to BapDada and He will mark it, or He will give a percentage of whatever it is.

161या जो होगा वह परसेन्टेज़ देंगे . yā jō hōgā vah percentage dēgē . yā jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] percentage dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . or that be[fut.m.sg.23] that percentage give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

191Is this OK? 192Clap with one hand.

162ठीक है  ? ṭhīk hai  ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? OK be[pres.sg.23]  ?

193Achcha.

163हाँ , एक हाथ की ताली बजाओ . hā̃ , ēk hāth kī|key tālī bajāō . hā̃ , ēk[adj.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . yes , one hand (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) clapping play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 164अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

194Today, it is the day of greetings.

165आज मुबारक का दिन है तो और खुशखबरी बापदादा ने सुनी , देखी भी . āj mubārak kā din hai tō aur khuśhkhabarī bāpdādā nē sunī , dēkhī bhī . āj mubārak[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō aur khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[past-part.f.] , dēkhnā[past-part.f.] bhī[p.] . today congratulations of day be[pres.sg.23] then and good news BapDada ∅ listen[past-part.f.] , see[past-part.f.] too .

195So BapDada heard and saw some other good news. 196Little children wearing crowns are seated here.

166छोटे-छोटे बच्चे ताजधारी बनके बैठे हैं . chhōṭē-chhōṭē bachchē tājdhārī bankē baiṭhē haĩ . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tājdhārī[adj.] bannā[abs.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . small child crowned become[abs.] sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

197You are to receive a crown, but they have already received it. 198Stand up!

167आपको तो ताज मिलेगा , इन्हों को अभी मिल गया है . āpkō tō tāj milēgā , inhō̃ kō abhī mil gayā hai . āp[pn.pl.kō] tō tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] ab[adv.hī] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . you[.kō] then crown receive[fut.m.sg.23] , this to now receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . 168खड़े हो जाओ . khaṛē hō jāō . khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . standing be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . 169देखो , ताजधारी ग्रुप देखो . dēkhō , tājdhārī group dēkhō . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , tājdhārī[adj.] group dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , crowned group see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

199Look at the group that is crowned. 200Little children (bachche) are those who are always true (sachche) in their heart.

170बच्चे सदा दिल के सच्चे . bachchē sadā dil kē|K sachchē . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sadā dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . child constantly heart (of|K) true .

201They probably don’t understand the language.

171सच्ची दिल वाले हो ना  ! sachchī dil vālē hō nā  ! sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ! true heart those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  !

202You are those with an honest heart, are you not?

172अच्छा है बच्चों की रिज़ल्ट भी बापदादा ने अच्छी देखी . achchhā hai bachchō̃ kī|key result bhī bāpdādā nē achchhī dēkhī . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key result bhī[p.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dēkhnā[past-part.f.] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) result too BapDada ∅ achcha see[past-part.f.] .

203It is good. 204BapDada saw that the result of the children was also good.

173मुबारक हो . mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

205Congratulations!

174अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

206Achcha.

175डबल फारेनर्स - इन्हों के पत्र और चिटकियाँ भी देखी . double foreigners - inhō̃ kē|K patra aur chiṭkiyā̃ bhī dēkhī . double foreigner - yah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur chiṭkī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[past-part.f.] . double foreigner - this (of|K) x and little note too see[past-part.f.] .

207Double foreigners, stand up! 208There are many of you. 209It is good.

176उमंग की चिटकियां हैं . umaṅg kī|key chiṭkiyā̃ haĩ . umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chiṭkī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . zeal (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) little note be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

210BapDada saw your letters and notes.

177लेकिन एक बात बापदादा ने देखी , जो चिटकियों में कोई-कोई में हैं . lēkin ēk bāt bāpdādā nē dēkhī , jō chiṭkiyō̃ mē̃ kōī-kōī mē̃ haĩ . lēkin ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.f.] , jō[pn.;d.] chiṭkī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . but one matter BapDada ∅ see[past-part.f.] , that little note in some in be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

211They are notes of enthusiasm. 212However, BapDada saw one thing that was in some of the notes.

178कोई ने तो बहुत अच्छे उमंग-उत्साह से परिवर्तन भी लिखा है , उमंग भी लिखा है लेकिन कोई-कोई ने थोड़ा-सा अपना अलबेलापन दिखाया है . kōī nē tō bahut achchhē umaṅg-utsāh sē parivartan bhī likhā hai , umaṅg bhī likhā hai lēkin kōī-kōī nē thōṛā-sā apnā albēlāpan dikhāyā hai . kōī[pn.;d.] nē[postp.] tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] likhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] likhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin kōī[pn.;d.] nē[postp.] thōṛā-sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . some ∅ then very achcha zeal and enthusiasm from transformation too write[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , zeal too write[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but some ∅ a small amount of (adopt[root]|one’s own) carelessness x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

213Some wrote about their transformation with a lot of zeal and enthusiasm. 214They have written about their enthusiasm. 215However, some have also shown a little of their carelessness.

179अलबेले कभी नहीं बनना . albēlē kabhī nahī̃ bannā . albēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . careless ever not become[inf.m.sg.d.] .

216Never become careless!

180अलर्ट . alert . alert . alert .

217Alert!

181एक बापदादा को अलबेलापन नहीं अच्छा लगता और दूसरा दिलशिकस्त होना नहीं अच्छा लगता . ēk bāpdādā kō albēlāpan nahī̃ achchhā lagtā aur dūsrā dilśhikasta hōnā nahī̃ achchhā lagtā . ēk[adj.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dilśhikast[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . one BapDada to carelessness not achcha x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] and other disheartened be[inf.m.sg.d.] not achcha x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

218One thing BapDada doesn’t like is carelessness. 219And the other thing He doesn’t like is for you to become disheartened.

182कुछ भी हो जाए दिल बड़ी रखो . kuchh bhī hō jāē dil baṛī rakhō . kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . anything be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] heart very keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

220No matter what happens, have a big heart.

183दिलशिकस्त छोटी दिल होती है . dilśhikasta chhōṭī dil hōtī hai . dilśhikast[adj.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . disheartened small heart be[pres.sg.f.23] .

221A disheartened heart is a small heart.

184दिलखुश बड़ी दिल होती है . dilkhuśh baṛī dil hōtī hai . dilkhuśh[adj.] baṛī dil[x] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . dilkush x be[pres.sg.f.23] .

222A happy heart is a big heart.

185तो दिलशिकस्त नहीं बनना , अलबेला नहीं बनना . tō dilśhikasta nahī̃ bannā , albēlā nahī̃ bannā . tō dilśhikast[adj.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , albēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then disheartened not become[inf.m.sg.d.] , careless not become[inf.m.sg.d.] .

223Don’t be disheartened and don’t be careless.

186उमंग-उत्साह में सदा उड़ते रहना . umaṅg-utsāh mē̃ sadā uṛtē rahnā . umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sadā uṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . zeal and enthusiasm in constantly fly[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .

224Constantly continue to fly with zeal and enthusiasm.

187बापदादा को डबल विदेशियों में अरब-खरब जितनी उम्मीदें हैं . bāpdādā kō double vidēśhiyō̃ mē̃ arab-kharab jitnī ummīdē̃ haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] arab kharab[adj.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ummīd[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada to double foreigner in multimillion billion the more x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

225BapDada has millions and billions of hopes in the double foreigners.

188डबल फारेनर्स ऐसा जलवा दिखायेंगे जो इन्डिया की आत्मायें चकित हो जायेंगी . double foreigners aisā jalvā dikhāyēṅgē jō India kī|key ātmāyē̃ chakit hō jāyēṅgī . double foreigner aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jalvā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] India karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] chakit[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . double foreigner such sparkle x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that India (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) soul amazed be[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

226The double foreigners will show such wonders that the souls of India will be amazed. 227It will come.

189आना है , वह भी दिन आना है , जल्दी आना है . ānā hai , vah bhī din ānā hai , jaldī ānā hai . ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , jaldī ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , that too day come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , very quickly come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

228That day will come. 229It has to come soon!

190आना है ना  ? ānā hai nā  ? ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā  ? come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅  ?

230It will come, will it not?

191वह दिन आने वाला है ना  ? vah din ānē vālā hai nā  ? vah[pn.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? that day (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

231That day is going to come, is it not?

192आयेगा वह दिन  ? āyēgā vah din  ? ānā[fut.m.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.]  ? come[fut.m.sg.23] that day  ?

232Will that day come?

193 ( जल्दी-जल्दी आयेगा ) हाँ जी तो बोलो . ( jaldī-jaldī āyēgā ) hā̃ jī tō bōlō . ( jaldī ānā[fut.m.sg.23] ) hā̃ jī[x] tō bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ( very quickly come[fut.m.sg.23] ) yes then speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

233(It will come very soon.) 234At least say, “Ha ji!”

194बापदादा इन एडवांस मुबारक की थालियां भरकर दे रहे हैं . bāpdādā in advance mubārak kī|key thāliyā̃ bharkar dē rahē haĩ . bāpdādā in advance[x] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key thālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bharnā[abs.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada in advance congratulations (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) plateful fill[abs.] give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

235BapDada is giving you in advance platefuls of congratulations.

195इतनी हिम्मत बापदादा डबल फारेनर्स में देख रहे हैं , ऐसे है ना  ? itnī himmat bāpdādā double foreigners mē̃ dēkh rahē haĩ , aisē hai nā  ? itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā double foreigner mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? such courage BapDada double foreigner in see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , such be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

236BapDada is seeing the double foreigners with this much courage. 237Is it like this?

196फारेन में जो कर्म , जो बोल , जो वृत्ति , जो विधि हम करेंगे , हमें देख सर्व करेंगे बहुत उम्मीदें हैं . foreign mē̃ jō karma , jō bōl , jō vr̥itti , jō vidhi ham karē̃gē , hamē̃ dēkh sarv karē̃gē bahut ummīdē̃ haĩ . foreign mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] , jō[pn.;d.] bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] , jō[pn.;d.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , jō[pn.;d.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] ham[pn.pl.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , ham[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[root] sarv[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] bahut ummīd[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . abroad in that deed , that (x|speak[root]) , that attitude , that method we do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , we[.kō] see[root] all do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] very x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

238There are a lot of hopes in those from abroad. 239You are good. 240The Youth is also good.

197अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] . 198यूथ भी अच्छे हैं , प्रवृत्ति वाले भी बहुत हैं , कुमारियां भी बहुत हैं , कमाल ही कमाल है . youth bhī achchhē haĩ , pravr̥itti vālē bhī bahut haĩ , kumāriyā̃ bhī bahut haĩ , kamāl hī kamāl hai . youth bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kumārī[x] bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . youth too achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] , famille those who too very be[pres.pl.12hon3] , kumari too very be[pres.pl.12hon3] , x only x be[pres.sg.23] .

241There are many householders. 242There are also many kumaris. 243There are wonders and nothing but wonders.

199ठीक है  ? ṭhīk hai  ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? OK be[pres.sg.23]  ?

244Is this OK?

200यह सिन्धी परिवार बोलो , क्या कमाल करेंगे  ? yah sindhī parivār bōlō , kyā kamāl karē̃gē  ? yah[pn.sg.d.] sindhī[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kyā kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? this x family speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , what x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

245Sindhi families, speak! 246What wonder will you perform?

201निमित्त मात्र सिन्धी हैं लेकिन हैं ब्राह्मण . nimitt mātra sindhī haĩ lēkin haĩ brāhmaṇ . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātra sindhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] . instrument just x be[pres.pl.12hon3] but be[pres.pl.12hon3] Brahmin .

247You are Sindhis in name but you are Brahmins. 248What will you do?

202क्या करेंगे , बोलो  ? kyā karē̃gē , bōlō  ? kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]  ? what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]  ?

249Speak! 250(We will glorify Baba’s name.)

203 ( बाबा का नाम रोशन करेंगे ) कब करेंगे  ? ( bābā kā nām rōśhan karē̃gē ) kab karē̃gē  ? ( bābā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] rōśhan[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) kab karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? ( Baba of name x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) when do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

251All of you together, say when you will do this. 252(In this year.)

204 ( इस वर्ष में ) आपके मुख में गुलाबजामुन . ( is varṣh mē̃ ) āpkē mukh mē̃ gulābjāmun . ( yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ) āp[pn.pl.kē] mukh mē̃ gulābjāmun[x] . ( this year in ) you[.kē] May you have a gulab jamun in the mouth! .

253May you have a gulab jamun in your mouth (May it come true!)!

205हिम्मत वाले हैं . himmat vālē haĩ . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . courage those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

254You are courageous.

206 ( आपका वरदान साथ में है ) वरदाता ही साथ में है तो वरदान क्या बड़ी बात है . ( āpkā vardān sāth mē̃ hai ) vardātā hī sāth mē̃ hai tō vardān kyā baṛī bāt hai . ( āp[pn.pl.kā] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) vardātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( you[.kā] blessing with in be[pres.sg.23] ) x only with in be[pres.sg.23] then blessing what very matter be[pres.sg.23] .

255(Your blessing is with me.) 256The Bestower of Blessings Himself is with you, so one blessing is not a big thing.

207अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

257Achcha.

208जो भी इस कल्प में पहली बार आये हैं , वह उठो . jō bhī is kalp mē̃ pahlī bār āyē haĩ , vah uṭhō . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.o.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bār[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that too this cycle in x time come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

258All those who have come here for the first time in this cycle, stand up!

209जो पहली बार आये हैं , उन बच्चों को बापदादा कहते हैं कि आये पीछे हैं लेकिन जाना आगे है , इतना आगे बढ़ो जो सब आपको देख करके खुश होवें और सबके मुख से यही शब्द निकले - कमाल है , कमाल है , कमाल है . jō pahlī bār āyē haĩ , un bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā kahtē haĩ ki āyē pīchhē haĩ lēkin jānā āgē hai , itnā āgē baṛhō jō sab āpkō dēkh karkē khuśh hōvē̃ aur sabkē mukh sē yahī śhabda nikalē - kamāl hai , kamāl hai , kamāl hai . jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bār[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] pīchhē hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] āgē hōnā[pres.sg.23] , itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āgē baṛhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adj.] āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] aur sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] - kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that x time come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that child to BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] but (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) previously be[pres.sg.23] , such previously grow[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that all you[.kō] see[root] do[abs.] happy be[opt.pl.12hon3] and everyone's mouth from this word (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) - x be[pres.sg.23] , x be[pres.sg.23] , x be[pres.sg.23] .

259To those who have come here for the first time, you have come here late, but you have to go ahead. 260Go ahead so much that everyone who sees you becomes happy. 261And let the words that emerge from everyone’s lips be: It is a wonder! 262It is a wonder!

210ऐसी हिम्म्त है  ? aisī himmta hai  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? such x be[pres.sg.23]  ?

263It is a wonder! 264Do you have such courage?

211पहली बार आने वालों में हिम्मत है ना  ! pahlī bār ānē vālō̃ mē̃ himmat hai nā  ! pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bār[n.f.;sg.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! x time (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who in courage be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

265Those who have come here for the first time, you have courage, do you not?

212नया वर्ष मनाने आये हो , तो नये वर्ष में कोई कमाल करेंगे ना  ! nayā varṣh manānē āyē hō , tō nayē varṣh mē̃ kōī kamāl karē̃gē nā  ! nayā varṣh[x] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , tō nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ! New Year celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , then new year in some x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

266You have come here to celebrate the New Year, and so you will perform a wonder in the New Year, will you not?

213फिर भी बापदादा को सभी बच्चे अति प्यारे हैं . phir bhī bāpdādā kō sabhī bachchē ati pyārē haĩ . phir bhī[x] bāpdādā kō[postp.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ati pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . nevertheless BapDada to all child x loving be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

267BapDada has deep love for all of you children.

214फिर भी बहुत अक्ल का काम किया है , टू लेट के पहले आ गये हो . phir bhī bahut akla kā kām kiyā hai , too late kē|K pahlē ā gayē hō . phir bhī[x] bahut akla[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , too late[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . nevertheless very sense of (task|lust) do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , too late (of|K) (x|firstly) come[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .

268You have done something very sensible. 269You have come before it is “too late”.

215अभी फिर भी इस हाल में बैठने की सीट तो मिली है ना  ! abhī phir bhī is hāl|hall mē̃ baiṭhnē kī|key seat tō milī hai nā  ! ab[adv.hī] phir bhī[x] yah[pn.sg.o.] hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key seat tō milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā  ! now nevertheless this (x|hall) in sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) seat then receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅  !

270Now you have at least received a seat to sit in this hall.

216रहने का पलंग या पट तो मिला है ना  ! rahnē kā palaṅg yā paṭ tō milā hai nā  ! rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] palaṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā paṭ[adj.] tō milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā  ! remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] of x or x then receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅  !

271You have been given a bed or the floor to sleep on.

217और जब टू लेट का बोर्ड लग जायेगा तो क्यू में खड़ा करना पड़ेगा . aur jab too late kā board lag jāyēgā tō queue mē̃ khaṛā karnā paṛēgā . aur jab too late[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] board lagnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] tō queue mē̃[postp.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . and when too late of board x[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] then queue in standing do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .

272However, when the board of “too late” is put up, they will be made to stand in a queue.

218इसीलिए फिर भी अच्छे समय पर बापदादा को पहचान लिया , यह अक्ल का काम किया . isīliē phir bhī achchhē samay par bāpdādā kō pahchān liyā , yah akla kā kām kiyā . isīliē phir bhī[x] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] pahchānnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] akla[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . x nevertheless achcha time (at|other) BapDada to recognise[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , this sense of (task|lust) do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

273Therefore, you have still recognised BapDada in good time and so you have done something sensible.

219अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

274Achcha.

220जो पुराने पाण्डव हैं , वह उठो . jō purānē pāṇḍav haĩ , vah uṭhō . jō[pn.;d.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that old Pandava be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

275Old Pandavas, stand up!

221पाण्डवों की महिमा भी कम नहीं है . pāṇḍavō̃ kī|key mahimā bhī cum|kam nahī̃ hai . pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mahimā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Pandava (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) praise too (x|less) not be[pres.sg.23] .

276Achcha, the praise of the Pandavas is no less.

222बापदादा का टाइटल है पाण्डव पति . bāpdādā kā title hai pāṇḍav pati . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] title hōnā[pres.sg.23] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] pati[n.m.;sg.,d.] . BapDada of title be[pres.sg.23] Pandava husband . 223तो पाण्डवों की महिमा है ना , पाण्डव पति और विजयी पाण्डव गाये हुए हैं . tō pāṇḍavō̃ kī|key mahimā hai nā , pāṇḍav pati aur vijayī pāṇḍav gāyē huē haĩ . tō pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mahimā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] pati[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur vijayī[adj.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . then Pandava (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) praise be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , Pandava husband and victorious Pandava sing[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

277BapDada’s title is Pandavapati (the Lord of the Pandavas), and so there is praise of the Pandavas, is there not? 278Pandavapati and victorious Pandavas are remembered.

224शक्तियां वरदानी गाई हुई हैं लेकिन विजयी पाण्डव गाये हुए हैं . śhaktiyā̃ vardānī gāī huī haĩ lēkin vijayī pāṇḍav gāyē huē haĩ . śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] vardānī[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] lēkin vijayī[adj.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . Shakti bestower of blessings sing[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] but victorious Pandava sing[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

279Shaktis are remembered as those who are bestowers of blessings. 280However, the victorious Pandavas are remembered.

225तो हर एक पाण्डव के मस्तक पर कौन-सा तिलक लगा हुआ है  ? tō har ēk pāṇḍav kē|K mastak par kaun-sā tilak lagā huā hai  ? tō har ēk[x] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kaun sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? then each one Pandava (of|K) forehead (at|other) which tilak (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

281So what tilak is applied on the forehead of every Pandava?

226विजय का . vijay kā . vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . victory of .

282That of victory.

227आप अपने मस्तक में विजय का तिलक देखते हो कि भूल जाते हो  ? āp apnē mastak mē̃ vijay kā tilak dēkhtē hō ki bhūl jātē hō  ? āp[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] bhūl jānā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? you one’s own forehead in victory of tilak see[pres.pl.m.2] that x[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

283Do you see the tilak of victory on your forehead? 284Or do you forget it?

228सदा अपने मस्तक में विजयी पाण्डव , विजय का तिलक चमकता हुआ देखो . sadā apnē mastak mē̃ vijayī pāṇḍav , vijay kā tilak chamaktā huā dēkhō . sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vijayī[adj.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] chamaknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . constantly one’s own forehead in victorious Pandava , victory of tilak x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

285Constantly see on your forehead the sparkling tilak of victory, of the victorious Pandavas.

229विजय हर पाण्डव का जन्म सिद्ध अधिकार है . vijay har|her pāṇḍav kā janm siddha adhikār hai . vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] har|harnā[root]|her pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] siddh[adj.] adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . victory (x|x[root]) Pandava of (life|be born[root]) successful right be[pres.sg.23] .

286Victory is the birthright of every Pandava.

230अधिकारी हैं ना  ? adhikārī haĩ nā  ? adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā  ? (one) who has a right be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅  ? 231तो बापदादा पाण्डवों को विजयी रत्न के रूप में मुबारक दे रहे हैं . tō bāpdādā pāṇḍavō̃ kō vijayī ratna kē|K rūp mē̃ mubārak dē rahē haĩ . tō bāpdādā pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] vijayī[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then BapDada Pandava to victorious jewel (of|K) Rup in congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

287You are ones with a right, are you not? 288So BapDada is congratulating the Pandavas as the victorious jewels.

232बहुत अच्छे हैं , बहुत हैं . bahut achchhē haĩ , bahut haĩ . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . very achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] , very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

289You are very good. 290There are many of you.

233पाण्डव कम नहीं हैं . pāṇḍav cum|kam nahī̃ haĩ . pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Pandava (x|less) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

291The Pandavas are no less!

234अच्छा पुरानी मातायें जो पहले आती रही हैं , वह उठो . achchhā purānī mātāyē̃ jō pahlē ātī rahī haĩ , vah uṭhō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha old mother that (x|firstly) come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , that wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

292Achcha. 293Old mothers who have come here before, stand up!

235माताओं की विशेषता क्या है  ? mātāō̃ kī|key viśhēṣhtā kyā hai  ? mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? mother (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

294What is the speciality of mothers?

236माताओं के चरणों में यह सब बड़े-बड़े मर्तबे वाले आप सबके चरणों में झुकेंगे . mātāō̃ kē|K charaṇō̃ mē̃ yah sab baṛē-baṛē martabē vālē āp sabkē charaṇō̃ mē̃ jhukē̃gē . mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K charaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] martabā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] charaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] jhuknā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . mother (of|K) x in this all very status those who you everyone's x in x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 237यह माता गुरू जो गाया हुआ है , वह सच्चा पार्ट आप मातायें बजायेंगी . yah mātā gurū jō gāyā huā hai , vah sachchā part āp mātāyē̃ bajāyēṅgī . yah[pn.sg.d.] mātā[n.f.;sg.] gurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] gānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] sachchā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bajānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . this mother guru that sing[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that true part you mother play[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . 238जैसे अभी कोई भी बड़ा दिन होता है ना  ! jaisē abhī kōī bhī baṛā din hōtā hai nā  ! jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] kōī bhī[x] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā  ! like now anyone very day be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅  !

295All of those people with big titles will bow down at the feet of all of you. 296The Mother Guru has been remembered and you mothers will truly play this part, just as when you have an important day, they sing the song of the victory of Bharat Mata (Mother Bharat), do they not?

239तो भारत माता की जय गाते हैं ना  ! tō bhārat mātā kī|key jay gātē haĩ nā  ! tō bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jay[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā  ! then Bharat mother (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) victory sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅  ! 240आगे चलकर आप माताओं की जय-जय गायेंगे . āgē chalkar āp mātāō̃ kī|key jay-jay gāyēṅgē . āgē chalnā[abs.] āp[pn.pl.] mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jay[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . previously continue[abs.] you mother (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) victory sing[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

297As you progress further, they will sing praise of the victory of you mothers.

241इतना ऊंच मर्तबा बापदादा ने माताओं को दिया है . itnā ūñch martabā bāpdādā nē mātāō̃ kō diyā hai . itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] martabā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . such elevated status BapDada ∅ mother to give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

298BapDada has given you mothers such an elevated status.

242तो मातायें जय-जयकार का आवाज सुनेंगी . tō mātāyē̃ jay-jayakār kā āvāj sunē̃gī . tō mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] jayjaykār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . then mother x of noise listen[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .

299So mothers will hear the cry of victory.

243माता गुरू का जो गायन है वह प्रत्यक्ष रूप में दिखायेंगी . mātā gurū kā jō gāyan hai vah pratyakṣha rūp mē̃ dikhāyēṅgī . mātā[n.f.;sg.] gurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dikhānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . mother guru of that x be[pres.sg.23] that visible Rup in x[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .

300You will show in a practical form the praise of the form of the Mother Guru.

244ऐसी मातायें हो ना  ! aisī mātāyē̃ hō nā  ! aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ! such mother (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  !

301You are such mothers, are you not?

245सोई हुई आत्माओं को जगायेंगी . sōī huī ātmāō̃ kō jagāyēṅgī . sōnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] x . sleep[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] soul to x .

302You will awaken the souls who are sleeping.

246माताओं का बहुत अच्छा पार्ट है . mātāō̃ kā bahut achchhā part hai . mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . mother of very achcha part be[pres.sg.23] .

303You mothers have a very good part.

247जिन्होंने आपकी निंदा की है वह आपका कीर्तन गायेंगे क्योंकि बाप की बन गई हैं ना  ! jinhōnnē āpkī nindā kī hai vah āpkā kīrtan gāyēṅgē kyōṅki bāp kī|key ban gaī haĩ nā  ! jō[pn.pl.nē] āp[pn.pl.kī] nindā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] kīrtan[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bannā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] nā  ! that[.nē] you[.kī] defamation do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that you[.kā] x sing[fut.m.pl.12hon3] because father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) become[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅  !

304Those who have defamed you will sing your praise because you now belong to the Father, do you not?

248ऊँचे ते ऊँचे भगवन की साथी बन गई हो . ū̃chē tē ū̃chē bhagvan kī|key sāthī ban gaī hō . ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.f.2.root+jānā] . elevated from elevated God (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) companion become[pres-perf.pl.f.2.root+jānā] .

305You have become the companions of the highest­on­high God.

249यह रूहानी नशा है ना  ? yah rūhānī naśhā hai nā  ? yah[pn.sg.d.] rūhānī[adj.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? this spiritual intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

306You have this spiritual intoxication, do you not?

250तो ऐसी माताओं को बापदादा भी नमस्ते कहते हैं . tō aisī mātāō̃ kō bāpdādā bhī namastē kahtē haĩ . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā bhī[p.] namastē kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then such mother to BapDada too x say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

307So BapDada says namaste (salutes) to such mothers.

251अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

308Achcha.

252कुमारियों से - कुमारियां हाथ हिलाओ . kumāriyō̃ sē - kumāriyā̃ hāth hilāō . kumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] - kumārī[x] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . kumari from - kumari hand make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

309Kumaris, stand up! 310Kumaris, wave your hands!

253कुमारियां भी बहुत हैं . kumāriyā̃ bhī bahut haĩ . kumārī[x] bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . kumari too very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

311There are many kumaris too.

254अभी साधारण कुमारियां तो नहीं हो . abhī sādhāraṇ kumāriyā̃ tō nahī̃ hō . ab[adv.hī] sādhāraṇ[adj.] kumārī[x] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . now ordinary kumari then not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

312You are no longer ordinary kumaris.

255अभी आप सभी सु-कुमारियां बन गई हैं , श्रेष्ठ कुमारियां बन गई हैं . abhī āp sabhī su-kumāriyā̃ ban gaī haĩ , śhrēṣhṭh kumāriyā̃ ban gaī haĩ . ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] x bannā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] , śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] kumārī[x] bannā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] . now you all x become[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] , elevated kumari become[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] .

313Now all of you have become su­kumaris, that is, elevated kumaris.

256कुमारियों के लिए बापदादा को एक दिल में उमंग है , सुनायें  ! kumāriyō̃ kē liē bāpdādā kō ēk dil mē̃ umaṅg hai , sunāyē̃  ! kumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] bāpdādā kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sunānā[opt.pl.12hon3]  ! kumari for BapDada to one heart in zeal be[pres.sg.23] , speak[opt.pl.12hon3]  !

314BapDada has one hope in His heart for the kumaris. 315Should He tell you?

257कुमारियां सुनेंगी  ? kumāriyā̃ sunē̃gī  ? kumārī[x] sunnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ? kumari listen[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ?

316Will you kumaris listen?

258कुमारियों के लिए गायन है - 21 पीढ़ी तारने वाली हैं , तो बापदादा कहते हैं , इस वर्ष में हर एक कुमारी 21 छोड़ो लेकिन एक-एक कुमारी एक-एक वारिस क्वालिटी निकाले , हो सकता है . kumāriyō̃ kē liē gāyan hai - 21 pīṛhī tārnē vālī haĩ , tō bāpdādā kahtē haĩ , is varṣh mē̃ har ēk kumārī 21 chhōṛō lēkin ēk-ēk kumārī ēk-ēk vāris quality nikālē , hō saktā hai . kumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - 21 pīṛhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tārnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , tō bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] har ēk[x] kumārī[x] 21 chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin ēk[adj.] kumārī[x] ēk[adj.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality nikālnā[opt.sg.23]|nikālnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . kumari for x be[pres.sg.23] - 21 generation take across[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , then BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , this year in each one kumari 21 renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but one kumari one heir x (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .

317The praise of kumaris is that you are those who will take across 21 generations. 318Therefore, BapDada says that this year, let alone 21, but this year, every kumari should make an heir­quality soul emerge.

259है हिम्मत  ? hai himmat  ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.]  ? be[pres.sg.23] courage  ?

319Is this possible?

260कितनी कुमारियां होंगी  ? kitnī kumāriyā̃ hōṅgī  ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kumārī[x] hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ? so kumari be[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ?

320Do you have this courage?

261 ( लगभग 1000 ) तो इस वर्ष में हजार वारिस तो पैदा हो जायेंगे . ( lagbhag 1000 ) tō is varṣh mē̃ hajār vāris tō paidā hō jāyēṅgē . ( lagbhag 1000 ) tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō paidā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . ( x 1000 ) then this year in 1000 heir then born be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

321How many kumaris are there here? 322(About 1000.) So this year 1000 heirs will be created.

262 ( हाँ जी ) इन एडवांस मुबारक हो . ( hā̃ jī ) in advance mubārak hō . ( hā̃ jī[x] ) in advance[x] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ( yes ) in advance congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

323Will there be double­foreigners? 324In advance, congratulations!

263अभी वारिसों की माला बनायेंगे . abhī vārisō̃ kī|key mālā banāyēṅgē . ab[adv.hī] vāris[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . now heir (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) garland create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

325Now we shall create a rosary of heirs.

264मिक्स माल तो आता रहता है . mix māl tō ātā rahtā hai . mix māl[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō ānā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] . x rich food then come[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] .

326Everything nowadays comes mixed.

265अभी वारिसों की माला बनायेंगे . abhī vārisō̃ kī|key mālā banāyēṅgē . ab[adv.hī] vāris[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . now heir (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) garland create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

327Now we shall create a rosary of heirs.

266ठीक है  ? ṭhīk hai  ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? OK be[pres.sg.23]  ?

328Is this OK, kumaris?

267पहले यह ट्रेनिंग दादियों से लेना कि वारिस किसको कहा जाता है  ? pahlē yah training dādiyō̃ sē lēnā ki vāris kiskō kahā jātā hai  ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.sg.d.] training dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive]  ? (x|firstly) this training Dadi from take[inf.m.sg.d.] that heir who[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive])  ?

329First of all, take training from the Dadis as to whom you would call an heir.

268वारिस क्वालिटी की क्वालिफिकेशन कौन-सी है  ? vāris quality kī|key qualification kaun-sī hai  ? vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key qualification kaun sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? heir x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) qualification which be[pres.sg.23]  ?

330What are the qualifications of an heir­quality soul?

269समझा  ! samjhā  ! samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ! (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.])  !

331Do you understand?

270तो इस वर्ष में एक-एक , एक वारिस निकाले , फिर बापदादा वारिसों की माला बनायेंगे . tō is varṣh mē̃ ēk-ēk , ēk vāris nikālē , phir bāpdādā vārisō̃ kī|key mālā banāyēṅgē . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] , ēk[adj.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[opt.sg.23]|nikālnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] bāpdādā vāris[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then this year in one , one heir (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , (turn[root]|then) BapDada heir (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) garland create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

332Then this year, each one of you should make an heir emerge. 333Then BapDada will create a rosary of the heirs.

271इस वर्ष में कोई नवीनता करेंगे ना  ! is varṣh mē̃ kōī navīntā karē̃gē nā  ! yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ! this year in some newness do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

334Is this OK? 335You will do something new this year, will you not?

272तो वारिस पैदा करेंगे . tō vāris paidā karē̃gē . tō vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] paidā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then heir born do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

336Mohiniben, Munniben, you want heirs, do you not?

273दिल्ली भी करेगा , तो सब करेंगे . dillī bhī karēgā , tō sab karē̃gē . dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] , tō sab[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . Delhi too do[fut.m.sg.23] , then all do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

337Will you create heirs? 338It will happen.

274करना ही है  ? karnā hī hai  ? karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23]  ? 275और क्या करना है  ? aur kyā karnā hai  ? aur kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? and what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

339Those from Delhi will also do this.

276यही तो करना जिन्होंने आपकी निंदा की है वह आपके कीर्तन गायेंगे है . yahī tō karnā jinhōnnē āpkī nindā kī hai vah āpkē kīrtan gāyēṅgē hai . yahī[pn.;d.] tō karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.pl.nē] āp[pn.pl.kī] nindā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] kīrtan[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this then do[inf.m.sg.d.] that[.nē] you[.kī] defamation do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that you[.kē] x sing[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[pres.sg.23] .

340Then everyone will do this. 341You have to do this. 342What else will you do? 343This is all you have to do.

277अभी देखेंगे जो भी वारिस तैयार करे वह मधुबन में अपना समाचार लिखना , दादी वारिस आ गया . abhī dēkhē̃gē jō bhī vāris taiyār karē vah madhuban mē̃ apnā samāchār likhnā , dādī vāris ā gayā . ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . now see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that too heir x do[opt.sg.23] that Madhuban in (adopt[root]|one’s own) news write[inf.m.sg.d.] , Dadi heir come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

344Now we shall see. 345Whoever prepares heirs should send their news to Madhuban: Dadi, an heir has come! 346Is this OK, kumaris?

278ठीक है कुमारियां  ? ṭhīk hai kumāriyā̃  ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kumārī[x]  ? OK be[pres.sg.23] kumari  ?

347At least say, “Ha ji!”

279हाँ जी तो कहो . hā̃ jī tō kahō . hā̃ jī[x] tō kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . yes then say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

348Those from Madhuban, stand up!

280मधुबन निवासियों से - मधुबन वालों की सेवा का चमत्कार सभी को मधुबन में खींचता है . madhuban nivāsiyō̃ sē - madhuban vālō̃ kī|key sēvā kā chamatkār sabhī kō madhuban mē̃ khīñchtā hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] - madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chamatkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] khīñchnā, khaiñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] . Madhuban resident from - Madhuban those who (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service of x all to Madhuban in pull[pres.sg.m.23] .

349Those from Madhuban are clever; they get a seat in the front. 350It is good. 351The miracle of the service of those from Madhuban pulls everyone here.

281किसी से भी पूछो तो यही सबके मुख से निकलता है , मधुबन तो मधुबन है . kisī sē bhī pūchhō tō yahī sabkē mukh sē nikaltā hai , madhuban tō madhuban hai . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] pūchhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō yahī[pn.;d.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (anything|some) from too ask[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then this everyone's mouth from be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] , Madhuban then Madhuban be[pres.sg.23] .

352Ask anyone and it is the same thing that emerges from everyone’s lips: Madhuban is Madhuban.

282सेवा में नम्बरवन , ऐसे है  ? sēvā mē̃ number one , aisē hai  ? sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] number one , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? service in number one , such be[pres.sg.23]  ?

353You are number one in service. 354Is it like this?

283नम्बरवन हैं या नम्बरवार हैं  ? number one haĩ yā number-vār haĩ  ? number one hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yā number-wār hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? number one be[pres.pl.12hon3] or numberwise be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

355Are you number one or are you numberwise?

284नम्बरवन हैं . number one haĩ . number one hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . number one be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

356You are number one.

285बापदादा मधुबन निवासियों को सदा नम्बरवन दृष्टि से देखते हैं . bāpdādā madhuban nivāsiyō̃ kō sadā number one dr̥iṣhṭi sē dēkhtē haĩ . bāpdādā madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sadā number one dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada Madhuban resident to constantly number one drishti from see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

357BapDada constantly sees the Madhuban residents as those who are number one.

286नम्बरवार नहीं , नम्बरवन . number-vār nahī̃ , number one . number-wār nahī̃[neg] , number one . numberwise not , number one .

358Not numberwise, but number one.

287है ना नम्बरवन  ! hai nā number one  ! hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā number one  ! be[pres.sg.23] ∅ number one  !

359You are number one, are you not?

288दादी के पास कोई कम्पलेन नहीं . dādī kē pās kōī complain nahī̃ . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē pās[x] kōī[pn.;d.] complain nahī̃[neg] . Dadi to some complain not .

360Dadi doesn’t receive any complaints. 361There aren’t any.

289सब कम्पलीट हो रहे हैं इसलिए कम्पलेन नहीं है . sab complete hō rahē haĩ isliē complain nahī̃ hai . sab[adj.] complete hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] isliē complain nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all completely be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] therefore complain not be[pres.sg.23] .

362All are becoming complete. 363This is why there are no complaints.

290अच्छे हैं , फिर भी अथक तो हैं . achchhē haĩ , phir bhī athak tō haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , phir bhī[x] athak[adj.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] , nevertheless x then be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

364You are good. 365At least you are tireless!

291मधुबन के सेवाधारी सब मांगते हैं . madhuban kē|K sēvādhārī sab māṅgtē haĩ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adj.] mā̃gnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Madhuban (of|K) server all ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

366Everyone asks for the servers of Madhuban.

292महामण्डलेश्वर भी कहकर जाते हैं मधुबन के सेवाधारी हमको भेजो . mahāmaṇḍalēśhvar bhī kahkar jātē haĩ madhuban kē|K sēvādhārī hamkō bhējō . mahāmaṇḍalēśhvar[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] kahnā[abs.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ham[pn.pl.kō] bhējnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . mahamandleshwar too say[abs.] go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] Madhuban (of|K) server we[.kō] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

367Even the Mahamandleshwars (great gurus) tell us before they go: Send us the servers from Madhuban!

293तो नम्बरवन तो हुए ना  ! tō number one tō huē nā  ! tō number one tō hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nā  ! then number one then be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ∅  !

368So you are number one, are you not?

294अच्छे हैं . achchhē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

369It is good!

295पक्के भी हैं , अच्छे भी हैं . pakkē bhī haĩ , achchhē bhī haĩ . pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . firm too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , achcha too be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

370You are firm (pukka) and you are good (Achcha).

296ऐसे है ना  ! aisē hai nā  ! aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! such be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

371You are like this, are you not?

297ऐसे तो नहीं बापदादा ऐसे ही कह रहा है . aisē tō nahī̃ bāpdādā aisē hī kah rahā hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] bāpdādā aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . such then not BapDada such only say[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

372It isn’t that BapDada is just saying this for the sake of it.

298बापदादा को तो अच्छे लगते हैं . bāpdādā kō tō achchhē lagtē haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada to then achcha x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

373BapDada likes all of you.

299बाकी कभी-कभी ज्यादा काम हो जाता है , बापदादा देखते हैं कभी-कभी ज्यादा बोझ भी पड़ जाता है . bākī kabhī-kabhī jyādā kām hō jātā hai , bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ kabhī-kabhī jyādā bōjh bhī paṛ jātā hai . bākī|bākī kabhī[adv.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kabhī[adv.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . (but|others) ever more (task|lust) be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ever more burden too fall[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

374However, sometimes, there is a little extra work. 375BapDada sees that sometimes there is a little extra burden.

300लेकिन फिर भी अमर हैं . lēkin phir bhī amar haĩ . lēkin phir bhī[x] amar[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . but nevertheless immortal be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

376However, you are still immortal.

301अमर भव का वरदान मिला हुआ है . amar bhav kā vardān milā huā hai . amar[adj.] bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhav kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . immortal (x|may you be) of blessing (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

377You have received the blessing: “May you be immortal!”

302ठीक है ना  ! ṭhīk hai nā  ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

378Is this OK?

303अमर हैं  ? amar haĩ  ? amar[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? immortal be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

379Are you immortal?

304अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

380Achcha.

305मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . mubārak hō , mubārak hō , mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

381Congratulations! 382Congratulations!

306अच्छा - टीचर्स उठो . achchhā - teachers uṭhō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - teacher uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha - teacher wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

383Congratulations!

307बापदादा सदा टीचर्स को इसी नज़र से देखते हैं कि हर टीचर के फीचर्स में बापदादा के फीचर्स दिखाई दें . bāpdādā sadā teachers kō isī nazar sē dēkhtē haĩ ki har|her teacher kē|K features mē̃ bāpdādā kē|K features dikhāī dē̃ . bāpdādā sadā teacher kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.hī] nazar[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] har|harnā[root]|her teacher kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K feature mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K feature dikhāī dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . BapDada constantly teacher to this[.hī] glance from see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that (x|x[root]) teacher (of|K) feature in BapDada (of|K) feature be visible .

384Teachers, stand up! 385BapDada constantly sees the teachers with the vision that the features of BapDada are visible in the teacher’s features.

308फेस में ब्रह्मा बाप के फीचर्स और भ्रकुटी में ज्योतिबिन्दु के फीचर , किसी भी टीचर को देखो तो सबके मुख से यही निकले कि यह तो बाप समान हैं . face mē̃ brahmā bāp kē|K features aur bhrakuṭī mē̃ jyōtibindu kē|K feature , kisī bhī teacher kō dēkhō tō sabkē mukh sē yahī nikalē ki yah tō bāp samān haĩ . face mē̃[postp.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K feature aur bhrakuṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jyōti bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K feature , kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] teacher kō[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō bāp samān[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . face in Brahma father (of|K) feature and forehead in point of light (of|K) feature , (anything|some) too teacher to see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then everyone's mouth from this (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) that this then equal to the Father be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

386Let there be the features of Father Brahma on your face, and the features of the point of light on your forehead. 387Anyone who sees a teacher should say: He or she is equal to the Father.

309यह तो ब्रह्मा बाबा जैसे लगते हैं , यह तो शिव बाप जैसे लगते हैं . yah tō brahmā bābā jaisē lagtē haĩ , yah tō śhiv bāp jaisē lagtē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō brahmā bābā[x] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō śhiv bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . this then x like x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , this then Shiva father like x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

388This one looks like Brahma Baba. 389This one looks like Father Shiva.

310हैं भी और होने ही हैं . haĩ bhī aur hōnē hī haĩ . hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] bhī[p.] aur hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . be[pres.pl.12hon3] too and be[inf.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

390You are this and you have to be this.

311तो टीचर्स आधार मूर्त हैं . tō teachers ādhār mūrt haĩ . tō teacher ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then teacher basis image be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

391So teachers are the images of support.

312जैसे बाप के लिए कहते हैं - ब्रह्मा बाप का सदा यही स्लोगन रहा ‘ ‘ जो कर्म मैं करूंगा वह सब करेंगे ’ ’ . jaisē bāp kē liē kahtē haĩ - brahmā bāp kā sadā yahī slōgan rahā ‘ ‘ jō karma maĩ karūṅgā vah sab karē̃gē ’ ’ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sadā yahī[pn.;d.] slogan rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] ‘ ‘ jō[pn.;d.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] karnā[fut.m.sg.1] vah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ’ ’ . like father for say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - Brahma father of constantly this slogan (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) ‘ ‘ that deed I do[fut.m.sg.1] that all do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ’ ’ . 313ऐसे हर एक टीचर को यही स्लोगन सदा याद रहता है कि ‘ ‘ जो कर्म , जो बोल , जो वृत्ति , जो विधि हम करेंगे , हमें देख सर्व करेंगे . aisē har ēk teacher kō yahī slōgan sadā yād rahtā hai ki ‘ ‘ jō karma , jō bōl , jō vr̥itti , jō vidhi ham karē̃gē , hamē̃ dēkh sarv karē̃gē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] har ēk[x] teacher kō[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] slogan sadā yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ‘ ‘ jō[pn.;d.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] , jō[pn.;d.] bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] , jō[pn.;d.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , jō[pn.;d.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] ham[pn.pl.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , ham[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[root] sarv[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . such each one teacher to this slogan constantly remembrance remain[pres.sg.m.23] that ‘ ‘ that deed , that (x|speak[root]) , that attitude , that method we do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , we[.kō] see[root] all do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

392Just as it is said about the father, that the slogan of Father Brahma, was always: “Whatever actions I perform, everyone who sees me will do the same”, in the same way, do all of you teachers constantly remember this slogan: “Whatever actions, words, attitude, and methods I use, everyone who sees me will also do the same”?

314’ ’ बापदादा ने ब्रह्मा बाप की गद्दी आप टीचर्स को बैठने के लिए दी है . ’ ’ bāpdādā nē brahmā bāp kī|key gaddī āp teachers kō baiṭhnē kē liē dī hai . ’ ’ bāpdādā nē[postp.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gaddī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] āp[pn.pl.] teacher kō[postp.] baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . ’ ’ BapDada ∅ Brahma father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) throne you teacher to sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] for give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

393BapDada has given you teachers the gaddi of Father Brahma to sit on.

315मुरली सुनाने के लिए निमित्त टीचर्स हैं , बाप की गद्दी मिली हुई है . murlī sunānē kē liē nimitt teachers haĩ , bāp kī|key gaddī milī huī hai . murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] teacher hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gaddī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] milnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . flute speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] for instrument teacher be[pres.pl.12hon3] , father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) throne receive[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

394Teachers are instruments to read the murli. 395You have been given the Father’s gaddi.

316ड्रामा ने आप टीचर्स को बहुत-बहुत ऊंचा मर्तबा दिया है . drama nē āp teachers kō bahut-bahut ūñchā martabā diyā hai . drama nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] teacher kō[postp.] bahut ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] martabā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . drama ∅ you teacher to very elevated status give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

396Drama has given you teachers a very, very elevated status.

317बापदादा भी सदा टीचर्स को इसी विशेष महत्त्व से देखते हैं . bāpdādā bhī sadā teachers kō isī viśhēṣh mahattva sē dēkhtē haĩ . bāpdādā bhī[p.] sadā teacher kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.hī] viśhēṣh[adj.] x sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada too constantly teacher to this[.hī] special x from see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

397BapDada also sees all of you teachers with this special importance.

318महान हो , महत्त्व वाले हो . mahān hō , mahattva vālē hō . mahān, mahā[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , x vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . great (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , x those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

398You are great. 399You are important.

319है ना ऐसे  ? hai nā aisē  ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]  ? be[pres.sg.23] ∅ such  ? 320कभी स्टूडेन्ट से सर्टीफिकेट लेवें  ? kabhī student sē certificate lēvē̃  ? kabhī[adv.] student sē[postp.] certificate lēnā[opt.pl.12hon3]  ? ever student from certificate take[opt.pl.12hon3]  ? 321बापदादा तो देखते रहते हैं . bāpdādā tō dēkhtē rahtē haĩ . bāpdādā tō dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . BapDada then see[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

400You are like this, are you not? 401Should Baba ask for a certificate from the students?

322 ( बाबा टीचर्स को पकड़ो ) यह तो प्रेम में पकड़ी हुई हैं तब तो टीचर्स बनी हैं . ( bābā teachers kō pakaṛō ) yah tō prēm mē̃ pakaṛī huī haĩ tab tō teachers banī haĩ . ( bābā teacher kō[postp.] pakaṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ) yah[pn.sg.d.] tō prēm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pakaṛnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] tab tō teacher bannā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . ( Baba teacher to x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ) this then love in x[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] for only then then teacher become[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .

402BapDada continues to see that you are caught in love and this is why you have become teachers.

323अभी कान दादी पकड़ेगी , बाप तो प्यार में पकड़ेंगे . abhī kān dādī pakaṛēgī , bāp tō pyār mē̃ pakaṛē̃gē . ab[adv.hī] kān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] pakaṛnā[fut.f.sg.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pakaṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . now ear Dadi x[fut.f.sg.23] , father then love in x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

403Now, Dadi will pull your ears. 404The Father would only pull them out of love.

324फिर भी हिम्मत रखकर निमित्त तो बनी हैं ना  ! phir bhī himmat rakhkar nimitt tō banī haĩ nā  ! phir bhī[x] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[abs.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bannā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] nā  ! nevertheless courage keep[abs.] instrument then become[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ∅  !

405Even then, you have had courage and become instruments, have you not?

325 ( दादी कह रही हैं टीचर्स बहुत अच्छी हैं ) बहुत अच्छी हो , मुबारक हो . ( dādī kah rahī haĩ teachers bahut achchhī haĩ ) bahut achchhī hō , mubārak hō . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kahnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] teacher bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ) bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ( Dadi say[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] teacher very achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] ) very achcha (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

406(Dadiji said that the teachers are very good.) 407You are very good.

326अच्छे तो हैं ही . achchhē tō haĩ hī . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] . achcha then be[pres.pl.12hon3] only .

408Many congratulations.

327अगर टीचर्स नहीं होते तो इतने सेन्टर्स कैसे खुलते . agar teachers nahī̃ hōtē tō itnē centres kaisē khultē . agar teacher nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khulnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . if teacher not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then such centre how open up[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

409You are good. 410If there were no teachers, how would so many centres be opened?

328मुबारक हो आप सबको . mubārak hō āp sabkō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.] sabkō . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) you everything .

411Congratulations to all of you.

329बापदादा तो बहुत-बहुत श्रेष्ठ नज़र से देखते हैं . bāpdādā tō bahut-bahut śhrēṣhṭh nazar sē dēkhtē haĩ . bāpdādā tō bahut śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada then very elevated glance from see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

412BapDada is seeing you with a very elevated vision.

330टीचर्स भी बहुत आई हैं . teachers bhī bahut āī haĩ . teacher bhī[p.] bahut ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . teacher too very come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .

413Many teachers have also come.

331अच्छी हैं - हिम्मत और मेहनत में मुबारक हो . achchhī haĩ - himmat aur mēhnat mē̃ mubārak hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] - himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] - courage and effort in congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

414You are good. 415Congratulations for your courage and efforts.

332बाकी हॉस्पिटल वाले रह गये . bākī hospital vālē rah gayē . bākī|bākī hospital vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . (but|others) hospital those who remain[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .

416That just leaves those from the hospital.

333हॉस्पिटल वालों ने अपने नये साल का उमंग-उत्साह अच्छा लिखा है और बापदादा को सदा निश्चय रहता है और निश्चिंत रहते हैं कि हॉस्पिटल अनेक आत्माओं को ब्राह्मण जीवन में लायेगी . hospital vālō̃ nē apnē nayē sāl kā umaṅg-utsāh achchhā likhā hai aur bāpdādā kō sadā niśhchay rahtā hai aur niśhchint rahtē haĩ ki hospital anēk ātmāō̃ kō brāhmaṇ jīvan mē̃ lāyēgī . hospital vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] likhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur bāpdādā kō[postp.] sadā niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur niśhchint[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] hospital anēk[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[fut.f.sg.23] . hospital those who ∅ one’s own new year of zeal and enthusiasm achcha write[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and BapDada to constantly faith remain[pres.sg.m.23] and without worry remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that hospital many soul to Brahmin life in x[fut.f.sg.23] .

417Those from the hospital have written for the New Year with a lot of zeal and enthusiasm. 418BapDada always has the faith and always remains carefree that the hospital will bring many souls into Brahmin life.

334ब्राह्मणों की सेवा भी कर रही है और ब्राह्मण भी बनायेगी . brāhmaṇō̃ kī|key sēvā bhī kar rahī hai aur brāhmaṇ bhī banāyēgī . brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] aur brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] banānā[fut.f.sg.23] . Brahmin (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service too do[pres.sg.f.prog.23] and Brahmin too create[fut.f.sg.23] .

419It is serving Brahmins and it will also create Brahmins.

335बड़े-बड़े वी . आई . पी . हॉस्पिटल का नाम सुन प्रभावित होंगे . baṛē-baṛē we|V . eye|āī|I . P|pī . hospital kā nām sun prabhāvit hōṅgē . baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] we|V . eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . hospital kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[root] prabhāvit[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . very (x) . (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . hospital of name listen[root] x be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

420Big VIPs will be impressed on hearing the name of the hospital. 421They will now come to you.

336अभी आयेंगे आपके पास . abhī āyēṅgē āpkē pās|pass . ab[adv.hī] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass . now come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] you[.kē] (x|pass) .

422You have written a good chart.

337चार्ट अच्छा लिखा है और प्रतिज्ञा भी अच्छी की है . chart achchhā likhā hai aur pratigyā bhī achchhī kī hai . chart achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] likhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur pratigyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . chart achcha write[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and x too achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . 338बापदादा खुश है . bāpdādā khuśh hai . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .

423You have also made good promises. 424BapDada is happy. 425This one was an instrument to give that thought.

339सबने बहुत अच्छी रूचि से किया है . sabnē bahut achchhī rūchi sē kiyā hai . sabnē bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ruchi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . x very achcha interest from do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

426However, all of you have done this with great interest.

340अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

427Achcha.

341आप सबका प्रतिज्ञा पत्र पढ़कर बापदादा खुश हुए , इसलिए मुबारक हो . āp sabkā pratigyā patra paṛhkar bāpdādā khuśh huē , isliē mubārak hō . āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratigyā[n.f.;sg.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛhnā[abs.] bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , isliē mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . you everyone's x x study[abs.] BapDada happy be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , therefore congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

428BapDada was pleased to read your letters of promise and therefore, congratulations.

342अभी जो साइंस के साधनों से देख रहे हैं वह भी खुश हो रहे हैं कि बापदादा ने हमारा नाम नहीं लिया . abhī jō science kē|K sādhanō̃ sē dēkh rahē haĩ vah bhī khuśh hō rahē haĩ ki bāpdādā nē hamārā nām nahī̃ liyā . ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] science kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sādhan[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] ham[pn.pl.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . now that science (of|K) facilities from see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that too happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that BapDada ∅ we[.kā] name not take[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

429Those who are now seeing with the facilities of science are also happy. 430BapDada did not mention them.

343बापदादा कहते हैं जो भी जहाँ देख रहे हैं , सुन रहे हैं , आप भी उठ जाओ . bāpdādā kahtē haĩ jō bhī jahā̃ dēkh rahē haĩ , sun rahē haĩ , āp bhī uṭh jāō . bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] jahā̃ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that too where there see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , you too wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .

431BapDada says: All those who are seeing and listening ­ wherever you are, you also stand up!

344सुनकर खुश हो रहे हैं , मुस्करा रहे हैं . sunkar khuśh hō rahē haĩ , muskarā rahē haĩ . sunnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , muskarānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . listen[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , smile[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

432You are happy. 433You are happy to hear this.

345बापदादा को सभी बच्चों का उमंग-उत्साह और दिल का प्यार बहुत श्रेष्ठ लगता है . bāpdādā kō sabhī bachchō̃ kā umaṅg-utsāh aur dil kā pyār bahut śhrēṣhṭh lagtā hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada to all child of zeal and enthusiasm and heart of love very elevated x[pres.sg.m.23] .

434You are smiling. 435BapDada finds the zeal, enthusiasm and the love in your heart very elevated.

346देखो दिल का प्यार है तो समय प्रमाण पहुँच जाते हैं . dēkhō dil kā pyār hai tō samay pramāṇ pahũch jātē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] heart of love be[pres.sg.23] then time (under) reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

436Look, you have love in your heart and so you reach on time.

347बड़े उत्साह से सुनते भी रहते हैं , देखते भी रहते हैं , कोई देखता है , कोई नहीं भी देखता , लेकिन सुनते बहुत हैं . baṛē utsāh sē suntē bhī rahtē haĩ , dēkhtē bhī rahtē haĩ , kōī dēkhtā hai , kōī nahī̃ bhī dēkhtā , lēkin suntē bahut haĩ . baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sunnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kōī[pn.;d.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , lēkin sunnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . very enthusiasm from listen[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , some see[pres.sg.m.23] , some not too see[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , but listen[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

437You continue to listen with great enthusiasm. 438You also continue to see it. 439Some are seeing and others are not seeing, but many of you are listening.

348तो बापदादा नव युग की , नये वर्ष की एक-एक बच्चे को नाम सहित , विशेषता सहित मुबारक दे रहे हैं . tō bāpdādā nav yug kī|key , nayē varṣh kī|key ēk-ēk bachchē kō nām sahit , viśhēṣhtā sahit mubārak dē rahē haĩ . tō bāpdādā nav[adj.] yug[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahit , viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] sahit mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then BapDada new age (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , new year (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) one child to name including , speciality including congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 349वह भी हाथ उठा रहे हैं , हिला रहे हैं . vah bhī hāth uṭhā rahē haĩ , hilā rahē haĩ . vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hāth uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , hilānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . that too raise your hands , make fluctuate[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

440So BapDada is congratulating every child by name and their speciality for the New Year and the New Age. 441They (everyone hearing/seeing on the internet) are also waving their hands.

350अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

442Achcha.

351सभी बच्चों के कार्ड और पत्र , नये वर्ष की मुबारकें बहुत-बहुत आई हैं . sabhī bachchō̃ kē|K card aur patra , nayē varṣh kī|key mubārakē̃ bahut-bahut āī haĩ . sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K card aur patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] , nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bahut ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . all child (of|K) card and x , new year (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations very come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .

443Many, many cards and letters from all the children with greetings for the New Year have come.

352बापदादा कहते हैं बच्चे आपके कार्ड के पहले आपकी हार्ट पहुँच जाती है | बापदादा सबकी दिल को देख खुश होते हैं . bāpdādā kahtē haĩ bachchē āpkē card kē|K pahlē āpkī heart pahũch jātī hai | bāpdādā sabkī dil kō dēkh khuśh hōtē haĩ . bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] card kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] āp[pn.pl.kī] heart pahuñchnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] | bāpdādā sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] child you[.kē] card (of|K) (x|firstly) you[.kī] x reach[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] | BapDada everyone's heart to see[root] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

444BapDada says: Your heart reaches BapDada before your cards. 445BapDada is pleased to see everyone’s heart.

353चलो खर्चा तो होता है , हाँ कल के बाद यह कार्ड सब यादगार रूप में रह जायेंगे . chalō kharchā tō hōtā hai , hā̃ kal kē bād yah card sab yādgār rūp mē̃ rah jāyēṅgē . chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , hā̃ kal kē bād[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] card sab[adj.] yādgār[x] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] expenditure then be[pres.sg.m.23] , yes x after this card all memorial Rup in remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

446OK, there is expense in this because, after tomorrow, all the cards will just be a memorial.

354लेकिन बापदादा इस बात पर खुश होते हैं , खर्चे को नहीं देखते हैं , बापदादा देखते हैं कि बच्चों के दिल का क्या आवाज निकलता है . lēkin bāpdādā is bāt par khuśh hōtē haĩ , kharchē kō nahī̃ dēkhtē haĩ , bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ ki bachchō̃ kē|K dil kā kyā āvāj nikaltā hai . lēkin bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kyā āvāz[n.f.;sg.] nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] . but BapDada this matter (at|other) happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , expenditure to not see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that child (of|K) heart of what noise be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] . 355क्या दिल का प्यार हाथों से कार्ड में आता है . kyā dil kā pyār hāthō̃ sē card mē̃ ātā hai . kyā dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hāth[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] card mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . what heart of love hand from card in come[pres.sg.m.23] .

447However, BapDada is pleased about this: He doesn’t see how much expense you have incurred, but He does see the sound that emerges from the hearts of you children because the love in your heart enters the card through your hands.

356इसलिए कार्ड बहुत अच्छा एक-दो से अच्छे से अच्छे बनाये हैं . isliē card bahut achchhā ēk-dō sē achchhē sē achchhē banāyē haĩ . isliē card bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk-dō sē[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . therefore card very achcha one another from achcha from achcha create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

448This is why all of you have made cards, each one better than the next one’s.

357आप लोग देखना यहाँ कार्ड रखे हैं ना  ! āp lōg dēkhnā yahā̃ card rakhē haĩ nā  ! āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yahā̃ card rakhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā  ! you people see[inf.m.sg.d.] here card keep[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅  !

449All of you look at the cards that are placed here.

358अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

450Achcha.

359ज्युरिस्ट से - जो ज्यूरिस्ट मीटिंग में आये हैं वह उठो . jurist sē - jō jyūrisṭa meeting mē̃ āyē haĩ vah uṭhō . jurist sē[postp.] - jō[pn.;d.] x meeting mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . jurist from - that x meeting in come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

451Jurists who have come to the meeting, stand up.

360बापदादा की एक प्वाइंट जो रही हुई है , पता है . bāpdādā kī|key ēk point jō rahī huī hai , patā hai . bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ēk[adj.] point jō[pn.;d.] rahnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) one point that remain[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , knowledge be[pres.sg.23] .

452BapDada has one point still left for the jurists.

361कौन-सी प्वाइंट रही हुई है  ? kaun-sī point rahī huī hai  ? kaun sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] point rahnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23]  ? which point remain[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23]  ?

453Do you know what that point is?

362 ( गीता के भगवान की ) तो इसका प्लैन कब बनायेंगे  ? ( gītā kē|K bhagvān kī|key ) tō iskā plan kab banāyēṅgē  ? ( gītā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ) tō yah[pn.sg.kā] plan kab banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? ( Gita (of|K) God (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ) then this[.kā] plan when create[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

454(Who is the God of the Gita?) 455When will you make that plan?

363किताब लिखा वह तो अच्छा किया , लेकिन कोई ग्रुप तैयार करो जो कहे कि हाँ यह जो बोलते हैं , वह ठीक है . kitāb likhā vah tō achchhā kiyā , lēkin kōī group taiyār karō jō kahē ki hā̃ yah jō bōltē haĩ , vah ṭhīk hai . kitāb[n.f.;sg.] likhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|likhānā[root] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , lēkin kōī[pn.;d.] group taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] hā̃ yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] bōlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . book (write[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) that then achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , but some group x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) that yes this that speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that OK be[pres.sg.23] .

456It is good that you wrote this book, but now, prepare a group that says: Yes, what you are saying is right.

364कोई एक ग्रुप तो छोटा तैयार करो ना . kōī ēk group tō chhōṭā taiyār karō nā . kōī[pn.;d.] ēk[adj.] group tō chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nā . some one group then small x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ .

457At least prepare one small group.

365इस वर्ष में लायेंगे ना क्योंकि जो किसने नहीं किया है , वह करके दिखाना है . is varṣh mē̃ lāyēṅgē nā kyōṅki jō kisnē nahī̃ kiyā hai , vah karkē dikhānā hai . yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā kyōṅki jō[pn.;d.] kaun[pn.sg.nē] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . this year in x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ because that who[.nē] not do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that do[abs.] x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

458You will bring them here this year, will you not? 459You now have to practically do that which no one else has done.

366यह पत्र यहाँ भरवा करके आवे कि हाँ गीता का भगवान जो आपने बताया वह बिल्कुल सही है , कोई ऐसे अथॉरिटी वालों का आवे . yah patra yahā̃ bharavā karkē āvē ki hā̃ gītā kā bhagvān jō āpnē batāyā vah bilkul sahī hai , kōī aisē authority vālō̃ kā āvē . yah[pn.sg.d.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] yahā̃ x karnā[abs.] ānā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] hā̃ gītā kā bhagvān[x] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.nē] batānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] bilkul[adv.] sahī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] authority vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[opt.sg.23] . this x here x do[abs.] come[opt.sg.23] that yes God of the Gita that you[.nē] tell[past-part.m.sg.d.] that at all x be[pres.sg.23] , some such authority those who of come[opt.sg.23] .

460Up to now, no one has yet written a letter saying that what you say about the God of the Gita is absolutely right. 461Now a letter from someone with authority should be received.

367बाकी आम जनता के लिए गीता का भगवान कोई भी हो , कृष्ण हो या निराकार हो . bākī ām jantā kē liē gītā kā bhagvān kōī bhī hō , kr̥iṣhṇa hō yā nirākār hō . bākī|bākī ām[adj.]|ām[n.m.;sg.,d.] jantā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kē liē[x] gītā kā bhagvān[x] kōī bhī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , kr̥iṣhṇa[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā nirākār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (but|others) (general|mango) people for God of the Gita anyone (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , Krishna (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or incorporeal (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

462For the general public, anyone can be the God of the Gita – it can be Krishna or the Incorporeal One.

368कोई ऐसे अथॉरिटी वाले बोलें , सिद्ध करें , कि हाँ आपकी यह बात बहुत आवश्यक है , ऐसा ग्रुप बनाओ . kōī aisē authority vālē bōlē̃ , siddh karē̃ , ki hā̃ āpkī yah bāt bahut āvaśhyak hai , aisā group banāō . kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] authority vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bōlnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , siddh karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , ki[conj.] hā̃ āp[pn.pl.kī] yah[pn.sg.d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] bahut āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . some such authority those who speak[opt.pl.12hon3] , justify[opt.pl.12hon3] , that yes you[.kī] this matter very x be[pres.sg.23] , such group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

463But someone with some authority should say and prove, “Yes, what you are saying is absolutely essential.” 464Now prepare such a group.

369बना सकते हैं कोई बड़ी बात नहीं है . banā saktē haĩ kōī baṛī bāt nahī̃ hai . banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] kōī[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] some very matter not be[pres.sg.23] .

465You can create this group. 466It is not a big thing.

370धार्मिक संस्था , जो आपका धार्मिक वर्ग है और जो जस्टिस हैं , वकील हैं , ऐसे धर्म क्षेत्र वालों का ग्रुप बनाओ जो विशेष निमित्त हो . dhārmik sansthā , jō āpkā dhārmik varg hai aur jō justice haĩ , vakīl haĩ , aisē dharm kṣhētra vālō̃ kā group banāō jō viśhēṣh nimitt hō . dhārmik[adj.] sansthā[n.f.;sg.] , jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] dhārmik[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur jō[pn.;d.] justice hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vakīl[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kṣhētra[x] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . Religious x , that you[.kā] Religious profession be[pres.sg.23] and that x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , lawyer be[pres.pl.12hon3] , such religion field those who of group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that special instrument (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

467Create a group of those who are special instruments – from the field of religion, from religious organisations, from your religious wing, jurists and lawyers. 468Now many mahatmas (great souls) also came.

371अभी महात्मायें भी तो बहुत आये थे ना . abhī mahātmāyē̃ bhī tō bahut āyē thē nā . ab[adv.hī] mahātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] tō bahut ānā[past-perf.pl.m.] nā . now great soul too then very come[past-perf.pl.m.] ∅ .

469They left saying that this is very good.

372अच्छा-अच्छा तो कहके गये . achchhā-achchhā tō kahkē gayē . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō kahnā[conj.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . achcha then say[conj.] go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .

470Now make them write such things.

373अभी ऐसी बात उन्हों से लिखवाओ . abhī aisī bāt unhō̃ sē likhvāō . ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] vah[pn.pl.o.] sē[postp.] likhvānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now such matter that from x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

471Let both wings work together on this. 472It will happen.

374दोनों ही वर्ग मिल करके करो , हो जायेगा , कोई बड़ी बात नहीं है . dōnō̃ hī varg mil karkē karō , hō jāyēgā , kōī baṛī bāt nahī̃ hai . dōnō̃ hī[p.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[root] karnā[abs.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , kōī[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x only profession receive[root] do[abs.] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , some very matter not be[pres.sg.23] .

473It is not a big thing. 474In fact, all of you from all the wings do co­operate with one another.

375ऐसे तो सभी वर्ग वाले एक-दो के सहयोगी तो हैं ही , जिसका भी सहयोग चाहिए वह मिल सकता है . aisē tō sabhī varg vālē ēk-dō kē|K sahyōgī tō haĩ hī , jiskā bhī sahyōg chāhiē vah mil saktā hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk-dō kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sahyōgī[adj.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] , jō[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] vah[pn.sg.d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . such then all profession those who one another (of|K) co-operative then be[pres.pl.12hon3] only , that[.kā] too cooperation (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) that receive[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .

475You can receive co­operation from whomsoever you want. 476However, do something and demonstrate it practically.

376लेकिन कुछ करके दिखाओ . lēkin kuchh karkē dikhāō . lēkin kuchh karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but anything do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 377इसी से ही प्रत्यक्षता होगी . isī sē hī pratyakṣhatā hōgī . yah[pn.sg.hī] sē[postp.] hī[p.] pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . this[.hī] from only revelation be[fut.f.sg.23] .

477It is only through this that revelation will take place.

378लोगों को नई बात चाहिए ना . lōgō̃ kō naī bāt chāhiē nā . log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] nā . people to new matter (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ∅ .

478People want something new. 479It is OK, is it not?

379ठीक है ना  ! ṭhīk hai nā  ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ! 380करके दिखायेंगे . karkē dikhāyēṅgē . karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . do[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

480You will definitely do this practically.

381होना ही है . hōnā hī hai . hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

481It has to happen.

382जब कल्प पहले हुआ है तो अब भी रिपीट तो होना ही है . jab kalp pahlē huā hai tō ab bhī repeat tō hōnā hī hai . jab kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō ab[adv.] bhī[p.] repeat tō hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . when cycle (x|firstly) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then now too repeat then be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

482Since it happened in the previous cycle, it also has to repeat now. 483It is good that you came.

383भले आये . bhalē āyē . bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . benefit (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .

484Congratulations!

384मुबारक हो . mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

485It is good.

385अच्छा है - जब से यह अलग-अलग वर्ग बने हैं तो सेवा में वृद्धि तो हुई है और हर एक को उमंग आता है , हम कुछ करके दिखायें , करके दिखायें . achchhā hai - jab sē yah alag-alag varg banē haĩ tō sēvā mē̃ vr̥iddhi tō huī hai aur har ēk kō umaṅg ātā hai , ham kuchh karkē dikhāyē̃ , karkē dikhāyē̃ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - jab sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] alag[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] tō hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] aur har ēk[x] kō[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , ham[pn.pl.] kuchh karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] - when from this separate profession become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] then service in growth then be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] and each one to zeal come[pres.sg.m.23] , we anything do[abs.] x[opt.pl.12hon3] , do[abs.] x[opt.pl.12hon3] .

486Service has increased since these separate wings have been created. 487Everyone has the enthusiasm to do something practically. 488You want to do something practically.

386लेकिन वारिस नहीं निकाले हैं . lēkin vāris nahī̃ nikālē haĩ . lēkin vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] nikālnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . but heir not x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

489However, you haven’t yet created heirs.

387हर एक वर्ग को वारिस निकालने चाहिए . har ēk varg kō vāris nikālnē chāhiē . har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[.oblig3] . each one profession to heir x[.oblig3] .

490Every wing should make heirs emerge.

388अभी मिक्स तो आते ही रहते हैं , अभी लास्ट में वारिस की माला बनाओ . abhī mix tō ātē hī rahtē haĩ , abhī last mē̃ vāris kī|key mālā banāō . ab[adv.hī] mix tō ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ab[adv.hī] last mē̃[postp.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now x then come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , now last in heir (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) garland create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

491Now mixed groups continue to come. 492However now, at the end, create a rosary of heirs.

389जैसे आदि में थोड़े से निमित्त वारिस बने , ऐसे अन्त में भी ऐसे वारिस क्वालिटी निमित्त बनेगी . jaisē ādi mē̃ thōṛē sē nimitt vāris banē , aisē ant mē̃ bhī aisē vāris quality nimitt banēgī . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ādi[adj.] mē̃[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.f.sg.23] . like etc. in short from instrument heir (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) , such end in too such heir x instrument become[fut.f.sg.23] .

493Just as in the beginning only a few instruments became heirs, in the same way, at the end too, such heir­quality souls will become instruments.

390अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

494Achcha.

391महाराष्ट्र के सेवाधारी - वैसे तो सबको मुबारक मिल गई है फिर भी जिन्होंने सेवा का बड़े से बड़ा पुण्य जमा किया है उनको सेवा के पुण्य की मुबारक हो . mahārāṣhṭra kē|K sēvādhārī - vaisē tō sabkō mubārak mil gaī hai phir bhī jinhōnnē sēvā kā baṛē sē baṛā puṇya jamā kiyā hai unkō sēvā kē|K puṇya kī|key mubārak hō . mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] - vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō sabkō mubārak[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] phir bhī[x] jō[pn.pl.nē] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamā karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.pl.kō] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . Maharashtra (of|K) server - x then everything congratulations receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] nevertheless that[.nē] service of very from very charity accumulate that[.kō] service (of|K) charity (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

495Servers from Maharashtra: In fact, all of you have received congratulations but, nevertheless, all those who have accumulated the greatest good karma (punya – charitable action) of service, congratulations to you for the charitable act of service.

392यह पुण्य कम नहीं है . yah puṇya cum|kam nahī̃ hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this charity (x|less) not be[pres.sg.23] .

496This charitable action is no less.

393यह भी एक जीवन में सहज जमा का खाता बढ़ जाता है क्योंकि ब्राह्मणों की प्रसन्नता , सन्तुष्टता पुण्य का खाता बढ़ाती है . yah bhī ēk jīvan mē̃ sahaj jamā kā khātā baṛh jātā hai kyōṅki brāhmaṇō̃ kī|key prasannatā , santuṣhṭatā puṇya kā khātā baṛhātī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sahaj[adj.] jamā kā khātā[x] baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] kyōṅki brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prasannatā[n.f.;sg.] , santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] puṇya kā khātā[x] baṛhānā[pres.sg.f.23] . this too one life in easy saving account grow[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] because Brahmin (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) happiness , contentment accounts of charity increase[pres.sg.f.23] .

497This too easily increases your account of accumulation in your life because the satisfaction and contentment of Brahmins increases your account of charitable action.

394तो यह भी चांस बहुत अच्छा , हर ज़ोन लेते रहते हैं , यह अच्छा है . tō yah bhī chance bahut achchhā , har|her zone lētē rahtē haĩ , yah achchhā hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] chance bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , har|harnā[root]|her zone lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this too chance very achcha , (x|x[root]) zone take[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , this achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

498Therefore, this opportunity that every zone takes is very good. 499It is good.

395अच्छा लगता है ना  ! achchhā lagtā hai nā  ! achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā  ! enjoy ∅  !

500You like it, do you not?

396पुण्य भी जमा होता है , नजदीक भी आना होता है , तो मुबारक हो महाराष्ट्र को . puṇya bhī jamā hōtā hai , najdīk bhī ānā hōtā hai , tō mubārak hō mahārāṣhṭra kō . puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , nazdīk bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1] , tō mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] . charity too (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[pres.sg.m.23] , x too come[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1] , then congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) Maharashtra to .

501You accumulate charitable actions and you also come close. 502Therefore, congratulations to those from Maharashtra!

397अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

503Achcha.

398विश्व के चारों ओर के सर्व सफलता मूर्त बच्चों को , सर्व सफल करने वाले तीव्र पुरुषार्थी बच्चों को , सदा अपने एकाउन्ट को चेक करने वाले चेकर और भविष्य मेकर ऐसे श्रेष्ठ आत्माओं को , सदा अपने हर कदम में बाप को प्रत्यक्ष करने वाले ग्रेट-ग्रेट ग्रैण्ड फादर के सर्व ग्रैण्ड सन्स को बाप और दादा का बहुत-बहुत-बहुत-बहुत याद-प्यार , मुबारक और नमस्ते . viśhva kē|K chārō̃ ōr kē|K sarv saphaltā mūrt bachchō̃ kō , sarv saphal karnē vālē tīvr puruṣhārthī bachchō̃ kō , sadā apnē account kō check karnē vālē checker aur bhaviṣhya maker aisē śhrēṣhṭh ātmāō̃ kō , sadā apnē har|her kadam mē̃ bāp kō pratyakṣha karnē vālē great-great grand father kē|K sarv grand sons kō bāp aur dādā kā bahut-bahut-bahut-bahut yād-pyār , mubārak aur namastē . viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sarv[adj.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sarv[adj.] saphal[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] account kō[postp.] check karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] checker aur bhaviṣhya[adj.] maker aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] har|harnā[root]|her kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] great grand father kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sarv[adj.] grand son kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dādā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut[adv.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] aur namastē . world (of|K) everywhere (of|K) all success image child to , all successful do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who intense effort-maker child to , constantly one’s own account to check do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x and future x such elevated soul to , constantly one’s own (x|x[root]) step in father to visible do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x x father (of|K) all x son to father and Dada of very love, remembrance , congratulations and x .

504To all the children everywhere in the world who are images of total success; to the intense effort­making children who use everything in a worthwhile way; to the checkers who constantly check their accounts and the future­makers; to such elevated souls who constantly reveal the Father through their every action, to the grandsons, from the Great­great­grandfather, lots and lots of love, remembrance, congratulations and namaste from BapDada.

399दिल्ली तथा सोनीपत के भवन निर्माण प्रति बापदादा के इशारेdillī tathā sōnīpat kē|K bhavan nirmāṇ prati bāpdādā kē|K iśhārēdēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tathā sōnīpat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhavan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]Delhi and Sonipat (of|K) Bhavan creation for BapDada (of|K) signal

505BapDada’s signals for the construction of the buildings in Manesar and Sonipat:

400सभी ब्राह्मण परिवार के समाचार , पत्रों द्वारा समाचार तो सब सुनते रहते हैं . sabhī brāhmaṇ parivār kē|K samāchār , patrō̃ dvārā samāchār tō sab suntē rahtē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , patra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sab[adj.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . all Brahmin family (of|K) news , x through news then all listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

506All of you continue to hear the news of the Brahmin family through letters.

401तो आजकल सबके संकल्प में , सहयोग में क्या याद रहता है  ? tō ājkal sabkē saṅkalp mē̃ , sahyōg mē̃ kyā yād rahtā hai  ? tō ājkal sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? then nowadays everyone's thought in , cooperation in what remembrance remain[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

507Nowadays, what do all of you remember in your thoughts and in your co­operation?

402कि हमारी राजधानी में , आप सबकी राजधानी कौन-सी है  ? ki hamārī rājdhānī mē̃ , āp sabkī rājdhānī kaun-sī hai  ? ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kī] rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kaun sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? that we[.kī] kingdom in , you everyone's kingdom which be[pres.sg.23]  ?

508That, in your kingdom… 509Which is the kingdom of all of you? 510Madhuban is your home.

403मधुबन है घर और राज्य कहाँ करना है  ? madhuban hai ghar aur rājya kahā̃ karnā hai  ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahā̃ karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? Madhuban be[pres.sg.23] home and kingdom where do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

511Where are you going to rule? 512You are going to rule in Delhi?

404दिल्ली में करना है , मधुबन में नहीं . dillī mē̃ karnā hai , madhuban mē̃ nahī̃ . dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] . Delhi in do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , Madhuban in not .

513You are going to rule in Delhi, not in Madhuban.

405मधुबन में कृष्ण का महल बनेगा या दिल्ली में बनेगा  ? madhuban mē̃ kr̥iṣhṇa kā mahal banēgā yā dillī mē̃ banēgā  ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kr̥iṣhṇa[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23] yā dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? Madhuban in Krishna of palace become[fut.m.sg.23] or Delhi in become[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

514Will Krishna’s palace be built in Madhuban or in Delhi?

406मधुबन में नहीं बनेगा  ? madhuban mē̃ nahī̃ banēgā  ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? Madhuban in not become[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

515Will it not be built in Madhuban?

407तो राजधानी याद रहती है , सभी को राजधानी याद है  ? tō rājdhānī yād rahtī hai , sabhī kō rājdhānī yād hai  ? tō rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] , sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? then kingdom remembrance remain[pres.sg.f.23] , all to kingdom remembrance be[pres.sg.23]  ?

516So do you remember your kingdom? 517Do all of you remember the kingdom?

408तो सभी के सहयोग से अभी राजधानी में विशेष सेवास्थान बन रहा है , आप सबने बीज डाला है  ? tō sabhī kē|K sahyōg sē abhī rājdhānī mē̃ viśhēṣh sēvāsthān ban rahā hai , āp sabnē bīj ḍālā hai  ? tō sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ab[adv.hī] rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sēvāsthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , āp[pn.pl.] sabnē bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḍālnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? then all (of|K) cooperation from now kingdom in special service place become[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , you x seed create[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

518So, with everyone’s co­operation, a special service place is being created. 519All of you have sown a seed.

409सभी ने डाला है  ? sabhī nē ḍālā hai  ? sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] ḍālnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? all ∅ create[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

520Have all of you sown it?

410क्योंकि बीज डालेंगे तभी फल खायेंगे ना . kyōṅki bīj ḍālē̃gē tabhī phal khāyēṅgē nā . kyōṅki bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḍālnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tabhī phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] khānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . because seed create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x fruit eat[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

521Because only when you sow a seed will you eat its fruit.

411बिना बीज डालने के फल कैसे खायेंगे . binā bīj ḍālnē kē|K phal kaisē khāyēṅgē . binā bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḍālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . without seed create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) fruit how eat[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

522How can you eat the fruit without sowing a seed?

412तो सभी ने बीज डाला है और भी डालते रहेंगे क्योंकि इस बीज से अनेक प्रकार के प्रत्यक्षता के फल निकलेंगे . tō sabhī nē bīj ḍālā hai aur bhī ḍāltē rahē̃gē kyōṅki is bīj sē anēk prakār kē|K pratyakṣhatā kē|K phal nikalē̃gē . tō sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḍālnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur bhī[p.] ḍālnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.o.] bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] anēk[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then all ∅ seed create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and too create[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] because this seed from many form (of|K) revelation (of|K) fruit be extracted[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

523So you have all sown a seed and will continue to sow because many types of fruit of revelation will emerge from this seed.

413इसलिए सबको अपने-अपने तरफ से सफलता वर्ष में सब सफल करना ही है . isliē sabkō apnē-apnē taraph sē saphaltā varṣh mē̃ sab saphal karnā hī hai . isliē sabkō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adj.] saphal[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . therefore everything one’s own direction from success year in all successful do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

524This is why all of you in the Year of Success have to use everything in a worthwhile way.

414सर्व खज़ाने सफल करना है . sarv khazānē saphal karnā hai . sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] saphal[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . all treasure successful do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 415उसके साथ बीज भी डालना है , डालते रहते हैं , डालते रहेंगे . uskē sāth bīj bhī ḍālnā hai , ḍāltē rahtē haĩ , ḍāltē rahē̃gē . uskā[pn.sg.kē] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ḍālnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , ḍālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , ḍālnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . of that[.kē] with seed too create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , create[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

525Use all your treasures in a worthwhile way and, together with that, also sow seeds. 526You continue to sow seeds and will continue to do so.

416ठीक है ना  ! ṭhīk hai nā  ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

527Is this OK?

417डालते रहेंगे ना  ! ḍāltē rahē̃gē nā  ! ḍālnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] nā  ! create[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] ∅  !

528You will continue to sow them, will you not?

418हाथ उठाओ कि समझते हैं पूरा हो गया  ? hāth uṭhāō ki samajhtē haĩ pūrā hō gayā  ? hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]  ? raise your hands that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] full be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]  ?

529Raise your hands, those who think that everything has been done!

419जब तक सेवा है तो सेवा में बीज डालते जाओ और फिर फल भी आप सबको खाना है . jab tak sēvā hai tō sēvā mē̃ bīj ḍāltē jāō aur phir phal bhī āp sabkō khānā hai . jab tak[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḍālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] aur phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkō khānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . as long as service be[pres.sg.23] then service in seed create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] and (turn[root]|then) fruit too you everything eat[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

530Whilst there is service to be done, continue to sow seeds, and all of you are going to eat the fruit anyway.

420जब प्रत्यक्षता का फल निकलेगा ना तो आप सब खायेंगे , सिर्फ दिल्ली वाले नहीं सब खायेंगे . jab pratyakṣhatā kā phal nikalēgā nā tō āp sab khāyēṅgē , sirph dillī vālē nahī̃ sab khāyēṅgē . jab pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] khānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , sirph[adj.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] sab[adj.] khānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . when revelation of fruit be extracted[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ then you all eat[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , only Delhi those who not all eat[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

531When the fruit of revelation emerges, all of you will eat it. 532It won’t be just those from Delhi who eat it.

421बापदादा से प्यार है ना  ! bāpdādā sē pyār hai nā  ! bāpdādā sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! BapDada from love be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

533You love BapDada, do you not?

422तो सेवा से भी प्यार है . tō sēvā sē bhī pyār hai . tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then service from too love be[pres.sg.23] .

534You also love service.

423तो सेवा का फल भी बहुत प्यारा है . tō sēvā kā phal bhī bahut pyārā hai . tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bahut pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then service of fruit too very loving be[pres.sg.23] .

535So the fruit of service is also very lovely.

424मानेसर की धरनी के सेवाधारी कौन-कौन आये हैं , वह उठो . mānēsar kī|key dharnī kē|K sēvādhārī kaun-kaun āyē haĩ , vah uṭhō . x karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) (of|K) server who come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

536So who has come? 537The servers from the land of Manesar, whoever has come, stand up!

425अच्छा है , काम ठीक चल रहा है  ? achchhā hai , kām ṭhīk chal rahā hai  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭhīk[adj.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23]  ? achcha be[pres.sg.23] , (task|lust) OK continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23]  ?

538It is good. 539Is everything going along well?

426ठीक चल रहा है और ठीक चलता रहेगा . ṭhīk chal rahā hai aur ṭhīk chaltā rahēgā . ṭhīk[adj.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur ṭhīk[adj.] chalnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . OK continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] and OK continue[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .

540It is going well and will continue to do so.

427बाप के सेवास्थानों को बाप का वरदान मिला हुआ ही है . bāp kē|K sēvāsthānō̃ kō bāp kā vardān milā huā hī hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvāsthān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father (of|K) service place to father of blessing (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

541The Father’s service places have already received the Father’s blessings.

428होना ही है . hōnā hī hai . hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

542It has to happen.

429सर्व के सहयोग से सेवा सफल होनी ही है . sarv kē|K sahyōg sē sēvā saphal hōnī hī hai . sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] saphal[adj.] hōnā[inf.f.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all (of|K) cooperation from service successful be[inf.f.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

543Service will be successful with everyone’s co­operation.

430ठीक है ना  ! ṭhīk hai nā  ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

544Is this OK?

431अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

545It is good.

432जैसे उमंग-उत्साह से बेहद की वृत्ति से स्थान बना है , ऐसे ही बेहद की वृत्ति , दृष्टि और सेवा से सफलता भी बेहद की मिलनी है . jaisē umaṅg-utsāh sē bēhad kī|key vr̥itti sē sthān banā hai , aisē hī bēhad kī|key vr̥itti , dr̥iṣhṭi aur sēvā sē saphaltā bhī bēhad kī|key milnī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bēhad[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] bēhad[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] bēhad[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key milnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . like zeal and enthusiasm from unlimited (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attitude from place become[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , such only unlimited (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attitude , drishti and service from success too unlimited (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) receive[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

546Just as the place has been created with zeal, enthusiasm and an unlimited attitude, so too, with the same unlimited attitude, vision and service, you are to receive unlimited success.

433सब बेहद होना है . sab bēhad hōnā hai . sab[adj.] bēhad[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . all unlimited be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

547Everything has to be unlimited.

434तो बेहद में तो आप सभी हो ना  ! tō bēhad mē̃ tō āp sabhī hō nā  ! tō bēhad[adj.] mē̃[postp.] tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ! then unlimited in then you all (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  !

548So all of you are in the unlimited, are you not?

435ऐसे कभी नहीं समझना यह दिल्ली का है , हमारा है क्योंकि प्रत्यक्षता का बीज आप सबका है . aisē kabhī nahī̃ samajhnā yah dillī kā hai , hamārā hai kyōṅki pratyakṣhatā kā bīj āp sabkā hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ham[pn.pl.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such ever not understand[inf.m.sg.d.] this Delhi of be[pres.sg.23] , we[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] because revelation of seed you everyone's be[pres.sg.23] .

549Never think that this belongs to Delhi or that this is yours, because the seed of revelation is all of you.

436निमित्त दिल्ली है लेकिन फल आप सबको खाना है , मिल के खायेंगे . nimitt dillī hai lēkin phal āp sabkō khānā hai , mil kē|K khāyēṅgē . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkō khānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , milnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . instrument Delhi be[pres.sg.23] but fruit you everything eat[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , receive[root] (of|K) eat[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

550Delhi is the instrument, but all of you are to eat the fruit. 551You will eat it together.

437इसलिए बापदादा को भी खुशी है कि बेहद के उमंग-उत्साह से बेहद की सेवा बढ़ रही है , बढ़ती जायेगी . isliē bāpdādā kō bhī khuśhī hai ki bēhad kē|K umaṅg-utsāh sē bēhad kī|key sēvā baṛh rahī hai , baṛhtī jāyēgī . isliē bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] bēhad[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bēhad[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , baṛhnā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . therefore BapDada to too happiness be[pres.sg.23] that unlimited (of|K) zeal and enthusiasm from unlimited (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service grow[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , grow[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .

552This is why BapDada is pleased that unlimited service is increasing and will continue to increase with unlimited zeal and enthusiasm.

438अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

553Achcha.

439सोनीपत का भी तैयार होना है . sōnīpat kā bhī taiyār hōnā hai . sōnīpat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . Sonipat of too x be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

554Sonipat construction also has to get started. 555That too is Delhi.

440वह भी दिल्ली है ना , चाहे कोई भी है , है तो दिल्ली ही . vah bhī dillī hai nā , chāhē kōī bhī hai , hai tō dillī hī . vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kōī bhī[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hī[p.] . that too Delhi be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) anyone be[pres.sg.23] , be[pres.sg.23] then Delhi only .

556It doesn’t matter where it is, it is still in Delhi. 557(Diamond House is also being constructed in London.)

441 ( लण्डन में भी डायमण्ड हाउस बन रहा है ) देखो , विदेश तो हर समय जम्प देता है . ( london mē̃ bhī diamond house ban rahā hai ) dēkhō , vidēśh tō har|her samay jump dētā hai . ( London mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] diamond house bannā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ) dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō har|harnā[root]|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] jump dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . ( x in too diamond house become[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ) see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , abroad then (x|x[root]) time jump give[pres.sg.m.23] . 442विदेश जम्प नहीं देवे , यह हो ही नहीं सकता . vidēśh jump nahī̃ dēvē , yah hō hī nahī̃ saktā . vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] jump nahī̃[neg] dēnā[opt.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . abroad jump not give[opt.sg.23] , this (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

558Look, people abroad take a jump every time. 559It is not possible that people abroad don’t take a jump. 560This Diamond House was created (here) and so there definitely should be one there too (a mini­house is being constructed).

443यह डायमण्ड हाउस बना तो वहाँ भी ज़रूर होना ही चाहिए . yah diamond house banā tō vahā̃ bhī zarūr hōnā hī chāhiē . yah[pn.sg.d.] diamond house bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] tō vahā̃ bhī[p.] zarūr hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . this diamond house (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) then there too definitely be[inf.m.sg.d.] only (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

561From just a small building, you will also receive another one as big as the White House.

444 ( मिन्नी मधुबन बन रहा है ) छोटे से बड़ा , व्हाइट हाउस जितना भी मिल जायेगा . ( minnī madhuban ban rahā hai ) chhōṭē sē baṛā , white house jitnā bhī mil jāyēgā . ( x madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ) chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , white house jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . ( x Madhuban become[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ) small from very , white house the more too receive[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

562(Rosyben from Madras gave a lot of love from the heart.) 563BapDada is also giving lots of love from His heart.

445बापदादा ने बच्चों से मिलन मनाने के पश्चात नये वर्ष की मुबारक दीbāpdādā nē bachchō̃ sē milan manānē kē|K paścāt nayē varṣh kī|key mubārak dī|thebāpdādā nē[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|theBapDada ∅ child from meeting celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) x new year (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations (give[past-part.f.]|the)

564After celebrating a meeting with the children, BapDada gave greetings for the New Year:

446चारों ओर के सफलता के सितारों को पुराने वर्ष की विदाई और नये वर्ष की बधाई के संगम समय की , संगम समय विदाई भी है , बधाई भी है . chārō̃ ōr kē|K saphaltā kē|K sitārō̃ kō purānē varṣh kī|key vidāī aur nayē varṣh kī|key badhāī kē|K saṅgam samay kī|key , saṅgam samay vidāī bhī hai , badhāī bhī hai . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sitārā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . everywhere (of|K) success (of|K) star to old year (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) farewell and new year (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) greetings (of|K) confluence time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , confluence time farewell too be[pres.sg.23] , greetings too be[pres.sg.23] .

565To all the stars of success everywhere, the confluence period is farewell to the old year and greetings for the New Year because the confluence period is farewell as well as greetings.

447तो सदा सफल है और सफल रहेंगे . tō sadā saphal hai aur saphal rahē̃gē . tō sadā saphal[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur saphal[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then constantly successful be[pres.sg.23] and successful remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

566So you are constantly successful and will remain successful.

448कभी भी असफलता का नाम निशान नहीं रहेगा . kabhī bhī asaphaltā kā nām niśhān nahī̃ rahēgā . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] asaphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām niśhān[x] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] . ever too x of x not remain[fut.m.sg.23] .

567There will never remain any name or trace of failure.

449बापदादा के अति सिकीलधे , अति प्यारे , अति मीठे , नयनों के नूर हो . bāpdādā kē|K ati sikīladhē , ati pyārē , ati mīṭhē , nayanō̃ kē|K nūr hō . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ati sikīladhē[x] , ati pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , ati mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nūr[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . BapDada (of|K) x beloved, long-lost and now-found , x loving , x sweet , eye (of|K) light (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

568You are BapDada’s extremely long­lost and now­found, beloved, extremely sweet, light of His eyes.

450सब नम्बरवन बनना ही है , इस दृढ़ संकल्प से हर कदम बाप समान उठाते रहना , पदम गुणा , अरब-खरब गुणा मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . sab number one bannā hī hai , is dr̥iṛh saṅkalp sē har|her kadam bāp samān uṭhātē rahnā , padam guṇā , arab-kharab guṇā mubārak hō , mubārak hō , mubārak hō . sab[adj.] number one bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.o.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] har|harnā[root]|her kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp samān[x] uṭhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] guṇā , arab kharab[adj.] guṇā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . all number one become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , this determined thought from (x|x[root]) step equal to the Father uplift[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , multimillion fold , multimillion billion fold congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

569All of you are definitely to become number one. 570With this determined thought, constantly take every step equal to that of the Father’s.

4512002 , 1 जनवरी , 31 दिसम्बर रात्रि 12 बजे के बाद दादी जी ने सभी से गुडमार्निंग की . 2002 , 1 January , 31 December rātri 12 bajē kē bād dādī jī nē sabhī sē good morning kī|key . 2002 , 1 January , 31 December rātri[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] 12 bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kē bād[x] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] good morning karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . 2002 , 1 January , 31 December night 12 (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|o'clock) after Dadi (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji) ∅ all from good morning (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .

571Multimillion times, million and billion times, congratulations, congratulations, congratulations!

452आज नये साल और पुराने साल के संगम पर बाबा ने तो वायदा कराया हम सभी वायदे को निभायेंगे और सबको बहुत-बहुत प्यार से हैप्पी न्यू ईयर , हैप्पी न्यू ईयर . āj nayē sāl aur purānē sāl kē|K saṅgam par bābā nē tō vāydā karāyā ham sabhī vāydē kō nibhāyēṅgē aur sabkō bahut-bahut pyār sē happy new year , happy new year . āj nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bābā nē[postp.] tō vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ham[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] nibhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur sabkō bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] happy new year[x] , happy new year[x] . today new year and old year (of|K) confluence (at|other) Baba ∅ then promise make commit[past-part.m.sg.d.] we all promise to fulfil[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and everything very love from x New Year , x New Year . 453गुडमार्निंग . good morning . good morning . good morning .

572At midnight, on 31st December 2001 and 1st January 2002, Dadiji said good morning to everyone: 573Today, at the confluence of the New Year and the old year, BapDada made all of us make a promise and we will all definitely fulfil our promise.

454विदाई के समय बापदादा ने सभी बच्चों से गुडमॉर्निंग , डायमण्ड मार्निंग की . vidāī kē|K samay bāpdādā nē sabhī bachchō̃ sē good morning , diamond morning kī|key . vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] good morning , diamond morning karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . farewell (of|K) time BapDada ∅ all child from good morning , diamond morning (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) . 455बापदादा के बहुत-बहुत अमूल्य डायमण्डस को , डायमण्ड मार्निंग , डायमण्ड मार्निंग , डायमण्ड मार्निंग . bāpdādā kē|K bahut-bahut amūlya ḍāyamaṇḍas kō , diamond morning , diamond morning , diamond morning . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bahut amūlya[adj.] x kō[postp.] , diamond morning , diamond morning , diamond morning . BapDada (of|K) very invaluable x to , diamond morning , diamond morning , diamond morning .

574Happy New Year, Happy New Year and good morning to all of you with a lot of love. 575At the time of farewell, BapDada said good morning and diamond morning to all the children: 576To BapDada’s very, very invaluable diamonds, a diamond morning, a diamond morning, a diamond morning.

456ओम् शान्तिōm śhāntiōm śhānti[x]Om Shanti

577* * * O M S H A N T I * * *

Abbreviations used